land instruments international ltd. landscan...

391
LAND Instruments International Inc. LANDSCAN WCA [email protected]

Upload: vuongdien

Post on 05-Feb-2018

220 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Inc.

LANDSCAN WCA

[email protected]

Page 2: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

This manual was produced using ComponentOne Doc-To-Help.™

Page 3: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Contents • iii

Contents

Preface 2 Copyrights, Trademarks & Acknowledgements ........................................................................ 2

Landscan WCA ...........................................................................................................3 Copyright notice ..........................................................................................................4 Trademarks..................................................................................................................5 Land License and Warranty.........................................................................................5 LAND Instruments International Inc........................................................................... 6

Overview 7 Landscan WCA Software ..........................................................................................................7

Online Help .................................................................................................................7 Event Help................................................................................................................... 8 Context Sensitive and What's This Help .....................................................................8 Technical Support........................................................................................................9

Introduction 10 Concept....................................................................................................................................10 System Architecture.................................................................................................................10 System Benefits .......................................................................................................................12

System Scalability .....................................................................................................12 Plant wide integration................................................................................................13 System security..........................................................................................................13 Bringing together all the infrared thermometry information ..................................... 13 Information Database ................................................................................................14 Information Required ................................................................................................14 What information and to whom.................................................................................14

Landscan WCA requirements .................................................................................................. 16 The benefits of using a switching hub .......................................................................17 Specification..............................................................................................................17

Software Installation 18 Installation Types.....................................................................................................................18

Landscan WCA Demonstration.................................................................................18 Landscan WCA Data Server......................................................................................18 Landscan WCA Client Display .................................................................................19 Landscan WCA Offline Analysis .............................................................................. 20

Operating Systems and System Configuration. .......................................................................20 Windows NT 4 ..........................................................................................................20 Windows 2000/XP ....................................................................................................22

Installation Procedure ..............................................................................................................24 Post Installation .......................................................................................................................26

Licensing the Software ..............................................................................................26 Extending the license.................................................................................................27

Page 4: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

iv • Contents LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Landscan WCA Start.................................................................................................28 Processor Setup .........................................................................................................29 Changing the number of connected LPU/LSC(s) ......................................................30 Changing the LPU/LSC IP Addresses.......................................................................30 Connect a Client Display to Data Server...................................................................30

Uninstall...................................................................................................................................31 Software Upgrade ....................................................................................................................33

Basic Operation 34 System Controls.......................................................................................................................34

Key Controls..............................................................................................................34 Tool Tips ...................................................................................................................34 System Status Display ...............................................................................................34 Status .........................................................................................................................35

System Displays.......................................................................................................................37 What to expect from start up .....................................................................................37 After a start-up problem ............................................................................................39 Toolbars.....................................................................................................................43 Error and Events ........................................................................................................43

Typical Operations...................................................................................................................46 Configuring the newly installed software to accept input from an LPU/LSC and display the data..........................................................................................................46 Enabling Storage .......................................................................................................51 Inputting from a stored file.........................................Error! Bookmark not defined. Printing ......................................................................................................................56

User Guide 57 Scope of User Guide................................................................................................................57

General System Information......................................................................................58 Available Software Functions ...................................................................................59

File Menu 60 File Menu Descriptions............................................................................................................60

Displaysheets.............................................................................................................60 Configurations ...........................................................................................................61 LPU/LSC Configuration............................................................................................63 Print Options..............................................................................................................63 File – Exit (Alt-F then X) .......................................................................................... 66

View Menu 67 View – Display Toolbar (Alt-V then T) ....................................................................67 View – System Toolbar (Alt-V then Y) ....................................................................70 View – Storage Toolbar (Alt-V then O) ....................................................................71 View – Status Bar (Alt-V then S)..............................................................................73

Configure Menu 73 Configure Menu Descriptions.................................................................................................. 73

Configure – System (Alt-C then S) ...........................................................................73 Configure - Communications (Alt C then M).......................................................... 117 Configure - Advanced (Alt C then A) ..................................................................... 121 Configure – System Startup (Alt C then Y)............................................................. 123

Page 5: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Contents • v

Data Processing Menu 124 Data Processing – Control Processing (Alt-P and C)............................................................. 124

Zone Processing ...................................................................................................... 125 Zone Alarms ............................................................................................................ 136 Analog Output Processing.......................................................................................140 Digital Output Processing........................................................................................ 144 Fields and Groups Processing.................................................................................. 148

Data Processing – Local Processing (Alt-P and L)................................................................ 162 Local Zone Processing ............................................................................................ 162 Local Profile Processing.......................................................................................... 173 Zone Stats Alarm..................................................................................................... 180 Preprocess Mode ..................................................................................................... 183 User Digital Input Events ........................................................................................ 185

Data Processing – Statistics (Alt-P and S) ............................................................................. 186 Data Processing - PPProcessing ............................................................................................ 187

Display Menu 187 Display Menu Descriptions ................................................................................................... 187

New Display (Alt-D and N) .................................................................................... 187 Color Palettes ..........................................................................................................191 Configuration (Alt-D and C) ................................................................................... 199 Trace Colors ............................................................................................................ 204 Display Properties ...................................................................................................205 Data Source Properties ............................................................................................ 209 Archive Product....................................................................................................... 219 Display Types..........................................................................................................220

Storage Menu 238 Storage – Management (Alt-S and M)................................................................................... 238

General .................................................................................................................... 239 Station...................................................................................................................... 243 Statistics and Maintenance ...................................................................................... 247 Historical Database Settings.................................................................................... 250 Import/Export Data Files ......................................................................................... 251 ASCII Export Settings............................................................................................. 255 Image Settings .........................................................................................................257

Purge Storage (Alt-S and P)................................................................................................... 259

Archive Menu 260 Archive – Archive Products (Alt-A and A) ........................................................................... 260 Archive –Configuration (Alt-A and C).................................................................................. 261 Archive – Purge Archive (Alt-A and P) ................................................................................ 264

Diagnostics Menu Error! Bookmark not defined. Diagnostics – Event Log (Alt-G and E).................................................................................265

Viewer Options........................................................................................................ 265 Category Masks....................................................................................................... 269 Advanced Masks .....................................................................................................270 Specific Event Masks .............................................................................................. 271

Diagnostics – LPU/LSC ........................................................................................................272 Internal Event Log................................................................................................... 272 Test Outputs ............................................................................................................ 274

Page 6: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

vi • Contents LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Diagnostics – Locate LPU/LSC(s)......................................................................................... 276 Diagnostics – Scanner............................................................................................................ 276 Diagnostics – View Event Log .............................................................................................. 276 Diagnostics – System Status .................................................................................................. 277 Diagnostics – Encoder Calibration (Alt-G and E) ................................................................. 282 Diagnostics – Rotary Triggers ............................................................................................... 284

Security Menu 286 Security Menu Descriptions................................................................................................... 286

Security – Restrict Access (Alt-E then R) ............................................................... 287 Security – Permissions (Alt-E then P) ..................................................................... 287

Window Menu 288 Window Menu Descriptions ..................................................................................................288

Window – Cascade (Alt-W then C)......................................................................... 288 Window – Tile (Alt-W then T)................................................................................ 289 Window – Arrange Icons (Alt-W then A) ...............................................................289

Help Menu 289 Help Menu Descriptions ........................................................................................................289

Help – Help Topics (Alt-H then H) ......................................................................... 289 Help – About Landscan WCA (Alt-H then A) ........................................................ 290

Toolbars 291 Display Toolbar ..................................................................................................................... 291 System Toolbar...................................................................................................................... 291 Storage Toolbar ..................................................................................................................... 291 Sub-DisplaySheet Toolbar.....................................................................................................291 Status Bar............................................................................................................................... 293 Cursors................................................................................................................................... 293

Cursor ...................................................................................................................... 293 Area Cursor ............................................................................................................. 296 Point Cursor............................................................................................................. 298

Communications 300 Communications Interface..................................................................................................... 300 Typical Implementations .......................................................................................................301 Reply Code ............................................................................................................................ 301 Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 302 Ethernet TCP/IP Implementation...........................................................................................302 Protocol Definitions............................................................................................................... 302 Communications License Options ......................................................................................... 303 Product Definition Information (PDI) ................................................................................... 304

PDI Command.........................................................................................................304 PDI Response .......................................................................................................... 308

Control Zone Data (CZD)...................................................................................................... 309 CZD Command .......................................................................................................309 CZD Response.........................................................................................................309

Statistics Data (SSM)............................................................................................................. 311 SSM Command ....................................................................................................... 311 SSM Response......................................................................................................... 312

Load Display Sheet (LDS)..................................................................................................... 313

Page 7: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Contents • vii

LDS Command........................................................................................................ 314 LDS Response ......................................................................................................... 316

Configure Product Speed (CPS) ............................................................................................ 317 CPS Command ........................................................................................................ 317 CPS Response.......................................................................................................... 318

Request System Status (RSS) ................................................................................................ 320 RSS Command ........................................................................................................ 320 RSS Response.......................................................................................................... 321

Product Width, Walk and Edges (WWE) .............................................................................. 323 WWE Command ..................................................................................................... 323 WWE Response....................................................................................................... 324 WWE Examples ...................................................................................................... 328

Data Server Configuration for Client Display Access 329 General Details ...................................................................................................................... 329

Windows NT ...........................................................................................................329 Windows XP............................................................................................................330

Landscan WCA ActiveX Control 331 Information ............................................................................................................................ 331

Frequently Asked Questions 332 How do I calculate the ideal position for my scanner relative to my application? ................332 Can you reverse the direction of scanning? ........................................................................... 333 How do you know where the scanner is looking? ................................................................. 333 How often should I clean the front window?......................................................................... 334 How often should I check the calibration of my scanner? .....................................................334 How much water do I need to cool the scanner and what sort of water do I need? ...............334 How much purge air do I need to keep the front window clean?........................................... 334 How many analog outputs can I have from my Processor? ...................................................335 How are the Processors analog outputs configured to meet my application needs? ..............335 Is there any limit on the cable run distances between networked components of a Landscan System?.................................................................................................................................. 336 I have excessive scale on my products. How do I remove it from the data?.......................... 336 There is excessive electrical, or product Emissivity 'noise'. How do I remove it from the data?336 What options are available with the Landscan WCA license?............................................... 336 How do I replay data files from an older version of software ?.............................................337 How can I tell what the current scanner speed is from the Landscan WCA system? ............339 How do I change the Data Server computer that my Client Display connects to? ................ 340 What does the error message “The Master System Is Not Available” mean on my Client Display Installation? .............................................................................................................. 342 What do the following network 'ping' messages indicate is the fault in my Data Server to LPU/LSC connection(s)?.......................................................................................................342 What process do I need to go through to name my products using PDI? .............................. 343 When using PDI to name products, when do I send the message to ensure that the product is named correctly?.................................................................................................................... 344 If I have more than one scanner connected to my Data Server, how do I name the products at the individual scanners ?........................................................................................................ 345 When using the ActiveX control to view Stored Data in Excel, what do Mill Number and Pass Number refer to?.................................................................................................................... 346 I have changed the Login Name and Password of my Windows NT user account and now the Landscan software will not work? ......................................................................................... 347 How do I obtain additional communications message diagnostics? ...................................... 348

Page 8: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

viii • Contents LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

I have an Offline Analysis Installation and I am trying to replay data files from a Data Server Installation, with 4 scanners, but can only see data files for the first two scanners? .............348 My scanner has been automatically set to “Disable Scanner for Maintenance” .................... 349 How do I update the Landscan WCA Scanner Head Database?............................................ 349

Landscan WCA Events 350 Description of Events ID's ..................................................................................................... 350

Appendix A – Troubleshooting 354 Ethernet Network Connection Problems ............................................................................... 354 Hints and Tips........................................................................................................................ 355 Useful information for fault diagnosis................................................................................... 355

Customer Event Descriptions 356 Event Descriptions................................................................................................................. 356

Display Started ........................................................................................................ 356 Display Stopped ...................................................................................................... 356 Landscan WCA – Memory Shortage.......................................................................356 Landscan for Windows WCA – Internal Software Error......................................... 357 Product Speed Altered by Communications Message.............................................357 Invalid Mill Number in Communications Message................................................. 357 Landscan for Windows WCA Communications License ........................................358 Load DisplaySheet Communications Message is Unavailable................................ 358 Error in Landscan DOS File Conversion................................................................. 359 Error in Landscan NT File Conversion ................................................................... 359 Change Storage Reduction Mode ............................................................................ 360 Storage Space is filling or is full ............................................................................. 360 Communications Connection Open / Close............................................................. 360 RS232 Port Connection Errors ................................................................................361 Communications Message Length Error ................................................................. 361 No Disk Space to Archive Products ........................................................................ 362 Creating New Database ........................................................................................... 362 Invalid PDI Message ...............................................................................................363 LPU_2E Out Of Service.......................................................................................... 364 LPU_2E In Service.................................................................................................. 365 Scanner Temperature is high. .................................................................................. 365 Different System Units ............................................................................................ 366 LPU_2E Started....................................................................................................... 366 No LPU_2E IP Addresses Configured. ...................................................................366 Log Started / Log Stopped....................................................................................... 366 Wrong LPU_2E Version ......................................................................................... 366 Did Not Receive Product Name via PDI ................................................................. 367 System Configuration Created.................................................................................367 Software Started With Products Under Scanners. ...................................................367 Product Tracking – Product Stuck........................................................................... 367 Product Tracking – Product Un-Tracked.................................................................368 Product Tracking – Extended gap between products............................................... 368 Could Not Access File, Possibly Deleted? .............................................................. 368 TCP/IP Error Reported by LPU_2E Processor........................................................ 369 INI File Error Reported by LPU_2E Processor .......................................................369 Incoming Message Error Reported By The LPU/LSC ............................................ 369 No Scanner Signal ...................................................................................................369 Scanner Speed Too Fast .......................................................................................... 370 Scanner Speed Too Slow......................................................................................... 370

Page 9: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Contents • ix

Stabilizing...................................................................Error! Bookmark not defined. TCP/IP_ERROR_10054.......................................................................................... 371 LPU/LSC Connection Errors................................................................................... 372 Archive Not Available............................................................................................. 372 Database Not Available...........................................................................................373 There are no products available although storage is enabled. .................................373 There are no products available although archiving is enabled. ..............................374 There are no products available and storage is disabled.......................................... 374 There are no products available and archiving is disabled. .....................................374 Copy Of File To Archive Has Failed....................................................................... 374 Could Not Update The Archive Catalogue..............................................................375 No Disk Space For Archiving ................................................................................. 375 Could Not Access The Storage Catalog .................................................................. 375 LPU/LSC Has Power Reset..................................................................................... 376 No Fast Temperature Signal .................................................................................... 376 LPU/LSC Processor Internal Error..........................................................................377 TCP/IP Error 10060 and 10061 ............................................................................... 378 System Configuration Update Errors....................................................................... 379 Scanner Signal OK .................................................................................................. 379 TCP/IP Error 11004................................................................................................. 379

Index 381

Page 10: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)
Page 11: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Preface • 1

Page 12: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

2 • Preface LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Preface

Copyrights, Trademarks & Acknowledgements The software described in this guide is supplied under a license agreement and may be used only in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

Page 13: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Preface • 3

Landscan WCA

Page 14: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

4 • Preface LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Copyright notice Copyright © 2005 Land Instruments International Ltd

All Rights Reserved

Page 15: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Preface • 5

Trademarks Landscan is a registered trademark of Land Instruments International Ltd

Microsoft is a registered trademark.

Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Word and Excel are trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation.

Adobe and Acrobat are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.

Land License and Warranty There are four software products:

Landscan WCA Demonstration

This software can be freely copied - the software is time limited. The data this system displays is stored in files located on the installation CD.

More Information

Landscan WCA Offline Analysis

This software can be freely copied - The data this system displays is stored in files located on the resident computer.

More Information

Landscan WCA Data Server

The server license is for the number of line scanners connected and the number of simultaneous Landscan WCA Client Displays logged on.

More Information

Landscan WCA Client Display

Page 16: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

6 • Preface LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

The Landscan WCA Client software can be freely copied, but the total number of simultaneous connections is limited by the Landscan WCA Data Server license.

More Information

License upgrades for adding more Landscan WCA Client connections, more scanners, changing external communications or number of live ActiveX connections can be achieved by changing an encrypted key. This can be obtained via telephone/fax/email from Land Instruments International Inc.

An encrypted key must be entered, following a data server installation, in order to activate the software. The key can be entered manually or via a file.

LAND Instruments International Inc.

Instruments International Inc.

Dronfield

S18 1DJ

England

Telephone : (01246) 417691

Facsimile : (01246) 410585

Email : [email protected]

URL : http://www.landinst.com

Page 17: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Overview • 7

Overview

Landscan WCA Software

Online Help As part of the software a Windows HTML Help file is installed. This information can be displayed or printed.

The online help file is intended to provide specific information on the installation and operation of the Landscan WCA software. An overview of the system architecture is also provided.

Late breaking information specific to this software release can be found in the readme.txt file, located in the root installation directory of the install CD-ROM. It is recommended that you read this file.

Additional Help Information In addition to the introductory information in this guide, additional information about system installation and configuration is available from the following sources:

Landscan Head, Mounting Plates & Accessories

Landscan Head Installation Guide & Operating Instructions, supplied with Landscan Head

LPU/LSC Processor

LPU or LSC Processor Installation Guide & Operating Instructions, supplied with the Processor and available on the Landscan Processor Configurator CD.

Page 18: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

8 • Overview LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Switching Hub and Additional Network Equipment

Refer to supplier’s documentation

Event Help You can obtain help on events, which are placed in the System Event Viewer.

When the Event Viewer is open, double click any event to access the relevant help information.

If no help is available for the Event an message will be displayed. In this case contact LAND should additional information be required.

Context Sensitive and What's This Help The on-line help file can be accessed from the Help menu and also be pressing the Help button on various dialog boxes and property pages.

The Help button on the dialog boxes launches Context Sensitive Help – information relating to the dialog from which it was launched.

What’s This Help

Dialog boxes and Property pages, which have this type of help implemented have a question mark on the title bar.

To obtain additional information the user should click on this question mark '?' and then on the relevant part of the dialogie. At this point any additional information that is available will be displayed.

Page 19: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Overview • 9

This type of help is part of continuing development and will be likely to change with each revision of the Landscan WCA software.

Technical Support Information for contacting Technical Support Staff can be found here.

The readme.txt file may contain updated information about the latest options available for contacting our technical support staff.

Page 20: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

10 • Introduction LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Introduction

Concept

Landscan WCA (Windows Control & Analyse) is a powerful system meeting the thermal information needs of engineers and managers, from Process Control through to Quality Assurance.

The system can be integrated into the plant wide control and management systems at every level.

Landscan WCA builds upon the power, scalability and manageability of the Microsoft Windows™ NT/2000/XP operating system by providing the reliability and advanced capabilities of high-end thermal information processing, multi-format data display options and extensive database storage facilities.

System Architecture There are four key components to the Landscan WCA system.

Landscan Head

This compact instrument with very high accuracy, and repeatability, outputs the linescanner thermal information as fast analog signals.

Currently there are two versions available, these are designated the LS Scanner and the LSP Scanner – each are available in a variety of wavelength and temperature ranges.

LPU/LSC Processor

Page 21: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Introduction • 11

These processors are high-speed input output devices designed for the Landscan system, contained within a single unit. All analog outputs and signal inputs are fed into the unit, RS232 communication is also provided at this level. Thermal data is delivered to the Landscan WCA Data Server via Ethernet communications.

The LPU_2E Processor has been replaced by a new family of Landscan Control Processors:

LS Control Rack

This is a 19in rack mounted unit, it provides a hardware and software interface for the LSP and LS range of Landscan heads.

Landscan Control Compact

This economic back-of-panel mounted signal processor units for single head applications.

Landscan Control Batch

This is a 19in rack mounted unit based on the design of the Landscan Control Rack. It includes new more powerful processing capabilities and provides a hardware and software interface for the LSP and LS range of Landscan heads.

Each of the new Landscan Control Processors can be configured for up to:

Input Type No. of Channels Specification Digital 8 Closed contact with respect to isolated 24V,

active high

Analog 8 Differential, milliamp or voltage - link selectable. 0 to 1/2/5/10V range, scaling span and offset - independently software selectable

Output Type No. of Channels Specification Digital 12 Voltage-free relay outputs

Analog 12 0 to 20mA / 4 to 20mA - independently software selectable

Landscan WCA Data Server

Page 22: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

12 • Introduction LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

This performs data management activities, databasing the thermal data and providing it in various formats to others within the organisation. The computer runs the Landscan WCA Data Server software, which collects the data from the LPU/LSC processors and processes it. It will provide displays for both real time and historical products.

More Information

Landscan WCA Client Display PC

This computer runs the Landscan WCA Client Display software, which provides displays for both real time and historical products. The product data is sourced from a Landscan WCA Data Server. The Client PC will require Ethernet communications to the Landscan WCA Data Server.

More Information

System Benefits

System Scalability Building upon the scalability of the Windows NT/2000/XP operating systems, the Landscan WCA system is completely scalable:

Simplest Landscan WCA System:

• 1 Landscan Head

• 1 LPU/LSC Processor

• Connected via a single Ethernet connection and switching hub to Landscan WCA Data Server.

Distributed Landscan WCA System:

• Up to 8 Landscan Heads

• Up to 8 LPU/LSC Processors, with inputs for plant speed and fixed thermometry signals

• Connected via a switching hub to a Landscan WCA Data Server, which can contain several months worth of data which is available online to satellite client displays.

• Communication to Plant Supervisory Control Computers

• Receiving Product Definition Information via PDI Messaging

Page 23: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Introduction • 13

• Passing statistical thermal summaries for each product to the plant database.

Plant wide integration The system can be integrated into the plant control and supervisory systems at every level, via analog 4-20mA zones and alarm contact signals to the PLC's, and via digital communications across either slow speed RS232 from the LPU/LSC or high speed Ethernet from the data server.

System security The three component parts of the system are arranged in a hierarchy, with the scanner at the bottom and the data server at the top. All the lower components of the system perform independently from the unit above.

By separating the digital-processing element from the Landscan Head, the quantity of equipment exposed, in hot processes, to hostile environments is kept to a minimum.

The LPU/LSC Processor is highly reliable and is ideally suited for incorporation into Process Control loops with PLC's. The unit will continue to operate independently regardless of any activities at the Landscan WCA Data Server level, for example if the Data Server is powered off. Therefore the low-level process control feedback loop is secure from the rest of the system.

The use of a network hub further isolates all the individual networked components of the system from each other.

Bringing together all the infrared thermometry information The Landscan WCA based system can acquire, process, display and store information from the Landscan Heads, and all the other Land fixed thermometer products (using analog inputs). This allows integration of all the thermal information into one common system, for display and storage.

Page 24: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

14 • Introduction LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Information Database Raw data, from connected Landscan Heads and Land fixed thermometers, is brought together and packaged as products. All databasing and data displays are orientated around the products processed rather than the sensors, making the system data more accessible to the user.

The Landscan WCA Data Server is responsible for storing the data for a product in files on the hard disk; each product is stored as an independent file. These can then be retrieved by either the data server, client display or offline analysis database.

The multi-user capabilities are provided through the Landscan WCA Data Server software.

Information Required In order to provide accurate information relating to the lengths of products and product naming the system requires additional information to the thermometry data regarding the product identity and speed.

The data server software has algorithms to track products through the process; in order to do it requires real time product information from the plant computer systems.

What information and to whom The system has been designed to facilitate the provision of timely and accurate information in an appropriate form to all the diverse end users who need the information. These users encompass the following: -

Process control The requirement is for fast thermal information, typically with the LPU/LSCs Control Zones configured to match the control sectors of each cooling or heating element across the process.

The Control Zones feature within the LPU/LSC provides up to 14 zones, which can be configured to provide the precise max/min/peak temperature of the product corresponding to each control element. Alarms can be independently configured to particular thresholds on each zone.

Page 25: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Introduction • 15

This information can be output to a PLC using 4-20mA zone signals or contact signals for the alarms.

In situations where there is product 'noise' for example scale or water, which may occasionally invalidate the infrared data, then there is a signal-conditioning algorithm to minimize these distortions of the true product temperature.

The LPU/LSC can operate independently from the rest of the Landscan WCA System, and is thus suitable for incorporation into the process control feedback loop. .

Process monitoring The Landscan WCA System can provide useful information to the process operators as to the real time behaviour of the process.

The client display software provides real time displays of the product's thermal data in a variety of different display formats, from simple profiles, through two-dimensional thermal maps to three dimensional waterfall displays. All the control zone data can also be displayed.

The software can be run in a central location or on a number of remote networked installations, so that the information can be visualised in all the control rooms along with other real time displays such as video.

Various simplified displays can be used to indicate the in/out of manufacturing tolerance areas of the products, bringing problems to the attention of the engineers. (These simplified displays are the Alarms and 2D relative maps).

The displays at each computer can be tailored to present the information to best benefit the engineers at that location.

Process investigation In the event of a problem occurring within the process, the displays can be used to identify the problem if it is thermally related. The thermal displays can highlight problems that the eye cannot see. Thermal irregularities usually indicate process control problems, for example a blocked cooling jet.

Page 26: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

16 • Introduction LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

If the problem has passed; previous product data can quickly be requested via the database facilities for display and review. Color printouts can also be made for later diagnosis.

Using the cursor tool, the thermal information can be examined in detail, so the precise positions of the problems can be found.

Process development Process development usually involves the modelling of the process behaviour, in order to improve process control. The database of previous product data provides an ideal environment for cross-referencing the effects of changing control parameters employed during production. Statistical data can be fed directly into existing process mathematical models.

The Landscan WCA Offline Analysis software allows users to analyse these data files on a computer separate to the data server that is collecting the actual scanner data.

Quality assurance Thermal records provide an invaluable accurate record of the quality of a product and can form a central component of an ISO 9000 series quality assurance system. The records can either be immensely detailed with data resolved to very small areas of the product, or can be simple statistical summaries for the whole product. Since our sensors are traceable to NAMAS (National Measurement Accreditation Services) calibration standards, then the data integrity is ideal for a quality assurance function.

Plant wide information management systems Most plants have a plant wide Information System, in which data is logged from various sensors and systems. This simplified statistical data is then available across the whole organisation. The specific thermal data requirements of the system can be met with data processing and communications designed to meet the exact requirements of the organisation.

Landscan WCA requirements The system minimum hardware and software requirements to run the demonstration, offline analysis, data server and client display are detailed in the readme.txt file.

Page 27: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Introduction • 17

The benefits of using a switching hub From a technical point of view, Ethernet switching technology greatly boosts the total bandwidth of a LAN network. The benefits to the Landscan WCA System are that data from the LPU/LSC processors can be transferred to the data server in real time.

Most network systems, pass files or messages across the network intermittently, there is no requirement for instant transmission. The Landscan system transfers linescanner data messages from the LPU/LSC processors to the Data Server in real time (every 40ms). In a situation where there is other traffic causing collisions or noise resulting in re-transmissions then the effective bandwidth is greatly reduced. This has the effect of reducing the real time capabilities of the system.

Other benefits are that each connection between the components of the system is isolated; hence localised faults will not impact upon the whole system.

Specification The major limitation to the specification of the system is the processing power of the Landscan WCA Data Server. The current system limits are:

• 8 scanners at 100Hz 1000 samples. ( suitable Dual CPU Workstation may be necessary )

• Maximum database size is limited to the free hard disk space.

• Total number of simultaneous Landscan WCA Display Clients is limited by the purchased licenses applied.

• Total number of Live ActiveX connections is limited by the purchased licenses applied.

These limits are under constant review. You should contact Land to discuss your requirements.

Page 28: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

18 • Software Installation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Software Installation

Installation Types There are four types of Landscan WCA Installation; each type of installation is performed from the same software CD.

Landscan WCA Demonstration This allows the user 90 days to evaluate the functionality of the software using pre-installed data files of example applications.

The demonstration software requires no external network connections.

Landscan WCA Data Server This software installation will create the main data acquisition and storage computer with the capability to provide data to client displays in real time.

Network Installation Ensure that the TCP/IP protocol is installed on the computer. Use Windows Help (accessed from the start menu) to provide details on how this is done.

If you are not using the DHCP method of TCP/IP addressing you should contact your network administrator for the IP address of the computer on the network. Unless you have specific reasons for using a different subnet mask value 255.255.0.0 is recommended. After configuring the network you must reboot the computer.

Page 29: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Software Installation • 19

If you have configured the IP address manually check the network connectivity by using PING.EXE which is part of the Windows Utilities. At the Start Menu, Run Command – type CMD.

Type ping <IP address> where the <IP address> is the IP address of the connected LPU/LSC. Using <IP address> 10.1.10.107 as an example, a response should be returned of the following or similar type: -

Reply 10.1.10.107: bytes=32 TTL=64

If this has failed then the reply will be Request timed out. From a Data Server you must be able to ping to each LPU/LSC to obtain scan data.

The recommended transfer rates are:

Data Server to LPU/LSC 100Mbps

Data Server to Client PC 100Mbps

LAND recommends the use of a network switch in such an applications

For large numbers of LSC processors in a system a Gigabit switching hub may be necessary.

More detailed information on networking to the LPU/LSC can be found in the relevant processor Installation Guide, User Guide, Service Manual.

Landscan WCA Client Display This software installation will allow a computer to log onto a Data Server computer to view data in real time and change the configuration.

The client display requires a valid TCP/IP Ethernet network connection between the computer it is installed on and the computer holding the Data Server software.

Network Installation

Page 30: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

20 • Software Installation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Landscan WCA Offline Analysis This is a standalone software installation with access to historical data only. This is for analytical work.

Operating Systems and System Configuration. This section refers to a Data Server and Client Display installation, which must use the Microsoft Windows NT/2000/XP operating system. For information on the Demonstration version of the Landscan WCA software and its operating system support please refer to the readme.txt on the Demonstration CD or contact your LAND representative.

Landscan WCA must be installed on a computer that uses the Microsoft Windows NT/2000/XP operating system, of an appropriate version. Further details on the version of Windows to use are given in the readme.txt file.

If you are you are unsure over your current build of operating system then you can check this using the following method

Windows NT 4 (service pack 6a necessary) Use the Start Menu and Programs Option.

Opening the Administrative Tools Folder.

Select the Windows NT Diagnostics Option and Select the Version Tab.,

Page 31: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Software Installation • 21

The above method can also be used to determine

Amount of RAM installed in the computer

This is done by selecting the Memory Tab.

Display resolution and number of colors

This is done by selecting the Display Tab.

Page 32: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

22 • Software Installation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

To find the amount of free hard disk space it is necessary to launch the Windows NT explorer.

• From the start menu, programs option.

• Select the drive onto which you will install the Landscan for Windows NT software.

• Using the mouse, select the properties options. The general tab shows the free and used disk space and the filing system of the computer.

Windows 2000/XP Open Control Panel

Open System

The following dialog will be displayed, providing:

Operating System Build & Installed Service Packs

System Processor

Amount of RAM installed in the computer

Page 33: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Software Installation • 23

The Landscan WCA software requires a minimum display resolution of 1024*768; this can be checked by the following method.

Open Control Panel

Open Display

Select the Settings Tab

The following dialog will be displayed, showing the current screen resolution.

Page 34: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

24 • Software Installation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Installation Procedure NOTE:

All versions of Landscan WCA are contained on one CD.

• Insert the Landscan WCA CD into the CD Drive of the computer, the installation program will run automatically.

Page 35: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Software Installation • 25

• After a brief introduction the following dialogue will be loaded, to commence the installation, click the Landscan logo.

• Select the language for the installation; English & German are the recommended options.

• Click Next to commence installation

• Choose the required type of installation and select Next

Page 36: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

26 • Software Installation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

• Choose the Installation Path (the default C:\Landscan – highly recommended)

• Select the desired options:

All Operating Systems:

Create a desktop icon – recommended

Create desktop icons for help access

Add Landscan to start-up – recommended for Data Server Installations

Windows NT Only:

Setup Windows NT to auto-logon – recommended for Data Server Installations

Click Next

• After the installation has completed, restart Windows.

Post Installation

Licensing the Software If you have installed a Data Server version of the Landscan WCA software then you must license the software prior to use. The license comes in the form an encrypted key, which is provided by LAND Instruments International Inc.

To obtain the key you must provide the details that are displayed on the screen, to LAND Instruments International. These are:

• Copy Control Version Number

• Product Name

• Serial Number

• Update Number.

The following additional details are required:

• Number of LPU/LSCs connected

Page 37: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Software Installation • 27

• Number of client display licenses purchased

• Type of external communications (RS232, TCP/IP to the data server)

• Any ActiveX purchased licenses for live data are required.

The license key can be inputted to the system from a file or manually. By default a file will be provided. Copy the file provided into the installation directory. For example: by default the Landscan WCA software is installed to directory \Landscan, copy the license file into that directory and run the software.

If the license key is provided then copy that into the registration dialog.

The software will automatically activate when a correct key is entered.

Extending the license If it is necessary to modify the software license at any time it is possible to use the registration utility, which is installed in the installation directory. This is the program register.exe located in the C:\landscan folder.

If you use this utility you must note the

• Copy Control Version Number

• Product Name

• Serial Number

• Update Number.

And supply them to LAND Instruments International Inc. who will issue a new unique key to effect the changes you require.

You can only change the Landscan WCA license when the Landscan WCA software is not running. So, stop the software, use Windows Explorer to run the register.exe program, change the license and then restart the Landscan WCA software.

To discuss your changing requirements you should contact your local LAND Instruments Sales Representative or LAND Instruments International Inc.

Page 38: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

28 • Software Installation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Landscan WCA Start The installation will have created a new folder in the program menu called Landscan for Windows NT. This allows you to start the WCA software. If the install CD is in the CD-ROM drive you can review the electronic manuals or the Landscan WCA training course.

At the install time the option was available to create an icon on the desktop to start the Landscan WCA software. If this option was selected it will be as follows:

Double click on this icon to start the installed Landscan WCA software. If the installation is a Data Server installation and this is not a successful upgrade of a previous installation then on start-up the user will be prompted to input:

• The number of connected LPU/LSC(s)

• The IP address of each of the connected LPU/LSC(s).

The user does this using the following dialog:

Page 39: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Software Installation • 29

The software will start and can now be used as described in basic operation.

Processor Setup The LPU/LSC must have its network setup and configured to correspond to the configuration on the Landscan WCA Data Server. It is necessary to ensure the following:

• LPU/LSC IP address is correctly configured.

• IP subnet mask settings on the Landscan WCA Data Server and the LPU/LSC must match.

More detailed information on networking to the LPU/LSC can be found in the relevant processor Installation Guide, User Guide, Service Manual.

Page 40: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

30 • Software Installation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Changing the number of connected LPU/LSC(s) Only relevant for a Landscan WCA Data Server.

The maximum number of LPU/LSCs that a Landscan WCA Data Server can connect to is limited by the license. However it is possible to connect to up to and including that number. To change the number of connected LPU/LSC(s), enter the Configure - System Menu and the Process Tab.

Changing the LPU/LSC IP Addresses Only relevant for a Landscan WCA Data Server.

When the Landscan WCA Software is installed, and licensed, default IP addresses are loaded, these will need to be reviewed and changed to meet the specific system requirements. To change the IP addresses select the Configure -System menu and then the Equipment Tab. Next enter the required IP addresses, and uncheck the “Take Unit Offline” box associated with that IP address and select OK.

The software will now attempt to connect to the LPU/LSC at the selected IP addresses.

Connect a Client Display to Data Server Only relevant for a Landscan Client PC.

When installing a client display it is necessary to tell the software which data server to retrieve the data from, there must be a data server installed on the same network as the Client PC. This computer has its own unique computer name (which can, for example, be seen in the Windows NT logon dialog box) which should be entered to enter to complete the client display installation.

Note the computer name, select the configure menu and servers option of the client display. The machine names dialog given below is displayed.

Page 41: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Software Installation • 31

Enter the name of the data server computer in the Data Server Machine field and press the OK button.

Uninstall When the Landscan WCA software is installed on a computer it creates an entry in the Add/Remove Programs Install/Uninstall pane. This is accessed by:

• Selecting Control Panel.

• Double Clicking on the Add/Remove Programs icon.

To remove the software from your computer you have to perform the following:

For data server installations you will have to remove the software license. Double click register.exe executable in the installation directory, to display the following dialog.

Page 42: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

32 • Software Installation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Select the “Remove Registration” button. Select the Remove button on the Change or Remove Registration dialog. You are notified when removal is complete.

Then, for any installation, select Landscan for Windows NT in the Add/Remove Programs Install/Uninstall pane and select the Add/Remove button. This will automatically remove the software from your computer.

It is standard for the removal of Windows applications that any files which are stored in the installation directory after install are NOT always removed by an uninstall program. The install directory may still remain in your computers directory list after the uninstall program has finished. This must be removed manually by select the directory in the Windows explorer and deleting.

Page 43: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Software Installation • 33

License Uninstall Only relevant for a Landscan WCA Data Server.

When you select to uninstall from the Add/Remove Programs pane of the Control Panel you will be given the following dialog box.

This is for users upgrading Landscan WCA. You should select Yes to uninstall the previous version. Do not manually delete any left over folders or files after this process as they contain your licensing and configuration data for the upgrade. Accidentally deleting the installation directory will mean that the software will need to be re-licensed.

Software Upgrade If it is necessary to upgrade the version of Landscan WCA software installed on a computer, it is first necessary to uninstall the existing installation.

By default the Encrypted License Key is not deleted during un-installation, so once the new software is installed it will automatically be licensed.

Upgrade Procedure:

• Ensure backup copy of Landscan WCA Configuration file is stored an PC Hard Drive

• Remove Existing WCA Software using Add/Remove Programs

• Insert latest Landscan WCA CD and install using same procedure as installation

• During the installation existing license and configuration files will be detected – the option to use these files should be selected for the system to function as previously configured.

Page 44: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

34 • Basic Operation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Basic Operation

System Controls It is not within the scope of this manual to describe the basic principles of Windows applications; the comprehensive Windows Online Help provides all the information required. However the following general information is given.

The system is currently controlled by a combination of mouse and keyboard, as you would expect with most Windows software.

Key Controls As is standard with Windows products it is possible to access menus via keys as well as via mouse. For example to access the File Menu press the Alt and F keys together, you can then select the menu items by pressing the key which is underlined on the display, again for example in the File menu Start has the S underlined.

Tool Tips Where the Landscan WCA software has buttons on the tool bar, there are tool tips associated with these buttons. If the mouse is moved over these buttons a popup containing text is displayed, which describes the function of that button.

System Status Display The system status display is displayed at system start or via the Diagnostics menu.

Page 45: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Basic Operation • 35

A full description of the System Status display is provided in Diagnostics - System Status.

Status A further indication of the health of the system is given in the status bar. It is possible to enable/disable the status bar from the view menu. If displayed, a description of the particular function is given in the bottom left hand corner and a series of icons are used, at the bottom right corner, show the status of various functions.

The status icons represent the following:

Page 46: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

36 • Basic Operation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

In all cases when a status icon is showing red to indicate a fault the event log will contain an associated event.

Communications Status

Page 47: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Basic Operation • 37

Indicator Color Communications Status

Brown Landscan WCA Server Socket is listening with no connection

Yellow Landscan WCA Server has an established connection to a client.

Flashing Green Landscan WCA Server Socket is in the process of receiving or transmitting data

Red Landscan WCA Server Socket has received invalid data.

System Displays

What to expect during software start up The system status dialogue is displayed when the system is starting.

At this time the activity indicator on the system status display, is used to inform the user of the current event taking place within the start-up routine, text messages are displayed next to this indicator..

When the Data Server connects to each LPU/LSC it counts through the 11 stages of each connection. These are displayed as:

Page 48: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

38 • Basic Operation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

If the Landscan WCA software is being started for the first time after upgrade then it may be necessary to upgrade any data files stored on the system. This may take some minutes to complete and the % completed is displayed as follows:

When Landscan WCA runs a window(s) is created; this will be created and sized according to operating system setup and display resolution. This can be changed by resizing the window, or selecting the maximize or minimize functions for example.

Menus, toolbar and status bars are created as per the current configuration settings. Other windows will also be displayed as per the current configuration.

Once the windows have been created and the mouse cursor is not the hour glass; the system is ready for use. To check on the current state of the system at any time use the Diagnostics – System Status option.

Page 49: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Basic Operation • 39

The first time the system starts after a new installation a welcome dialog is displayed. This gives some basic notes on using the system. This will be displayed every time the system starts until “Do not show this dialog again” is checked.

On this dialog the following statement is displayed:

“To view the event log chose Diagnostics | View Event Log from the menu or press the toolbar button marked i.”

This refers to the following: -

After a start-up problem If the Landscan WCA software failed to start or stop correctly then the system start-up is different. This failure to start may have been because the system configuration contained an error. The user then has a number of options to prevent this failure occurring again. The system will display the following dialogue:

Page 50: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

40 • Basic Operation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

From which the user can select a number of options to resolve the problem. These are as follows:

Use the current system configuration.

This option should be used if it is believed that the system error is not related to the current configuration.

Use the backup system configuration.

This will have been previously automatically saved by the system.

Use a previously saved system configuration.

This allows the user to load a configuration file saved using the Save Configuration option from the File Menu (use Alt F and V for key access).

Page 51: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Basic Operation • 41

Create a new (default) system configuration.

If this option is selected the user will have to restart the Landscan WCA software which will automatically create a default system configuration database. The user will then have to re-configure the complete system configuration (LPU/LSC addresses, Storage Management etc.).

Land recommends that consideration be given to the management of the Landscan WCA system configuration. To prevent protracted re-configuration of the system you should periodically backup the system configuration. The rate at which you backup depends on the frequency of configuration changes.

If a backup system configuration is available then use the following flowchart to help select the correct system configuration to use.

Page 52: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

42 • Basic Operation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Page 53: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Basic Operation • 43

NOTE:

For information the current system configuration file is systemconfig.mdb. This resides in sub-directory \ConfigDatabase to the main installation directory. The main installation directory is \Landscan by default.

Toolbars The toolbars that are displayed when the Landscan WCA software is started can be enabled/disabled as required by the user. The toolbars are individually selectable, to enable or disable each toolbar go to the View menu and select the relevant toolbar option. If there is no check then the toolbar will not be displayed.

The toolbar is what is termed as a “dockable toolbar”; in such that it can be positioned within the main windows as required. To reposition any toolbar click and hold on the required toolbar (not a button of the toolbar), and move the toolbar to the position required. Release the mouse button and the toolbar resides in that position.

Error and Events If the status bar is displayed, it provides a visual indication of the current health of the system. It is then possible to use the icon at the far left of the toolbar (as shown below), or select the Diagnostics menu - View Event Log option, to open the Event Log Viewer which displays information about current errors and events within the system.

Page 54: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

44 • Basic Operation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

The color coding associated with the indicator goes from green, indicating normal operation, through amber to red, which indicates a severe fault within the system. For example, a Landscan Head that has been powered off.

Page 55: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Basic Operation • 45

It is possible to scroll through the events with the More button. To clear the current status indicator press Clear which will reset the color bar back to full solid green. Each event in the list has an icon indicator next to it. These are referring to the category of the alarm and will be one of the following:

Page 56: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

46 • Basic Operation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

The category of information denotes the severity of the message being displayed. An event is the most serious. Diagnostic and Debug messages are only used to provide information to help with the diagnosis of system problems. The formal definitions of the categories are as follows:

Category Type Description

Event An event shall be an action with the Landscan system, which directly affects the access to the required thermal data. The action, if unreported, would mean that the user would be unaware why the required thermal data was unavailable.

Warning A warning shall be an action within the Landscan system, which the user should be aware of because it could affect BUT does not directly affect the access to the required thermal data.

Information An information message shall be some data about the operation of the Landscan system that allows the user to understand the continued good operation of the Landscan system but has no impact on access to thermal data.

Diagnostic These are messages, added during development, to help the user to understand the operation and/or problems with the Landscan system.

Debug These are messages added during development for the sole purpose of allowing LAND engineers to diagnose faults.

The information available in the Event Viewer is invaluable for analyzing and solving problems, and will be required when discussing problems with Land Instruments technical support.

This is further discussed in the troubleshooting section.

NOTE:

You can click on any event for additional help.

Typical Operations

Configuring the newly installed software to accept input from an LPU/LSC and display the data This section deals with the basic system configuration for a 'real time' input, from an LPU/LSC.

Page 57: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Basic Operation • 47

NOTE:

When entering new values into the system, the range is not automatically displayed on the dialogue. And an error message will only be displayed when pressing the OK button of the associated dialogue box, as below.

The above example is for changing the display type.

Ensure all hardware installations are complete as described in previous sections.

Page 58: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

48 • Basic Operation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Ensure that the Landscan Head is connected to LPU/LSC and this in turn is connected, via an appropriate network, to the Data Server. Ensure that it is possible to ping the LPU/LSC, which will test that the correct network IP address is configured.

From the main menu select the Configure - System menu option. From the basic configuration select the Line Scanner tab. Select the correct head type for the Line Scanner that is connected. Press OK to activate the configured settings. This completes the Basic configuration of the system.

Review the status bar; both the scanner and the LPU/LSC icons should be green. If they are red then there is a problem with retrieving data into the Landscan WCA system that should be addressed prior to continuing.

To create a display based on the data that is being received by the system it is necessary to select a display type. This is performed by selecting the display menu and the new display option.

The New View dialog is displayed,

From this select New and press the OK button. The Data Source dialogue is displayed.

Page 59: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Basic Operation • 49

Select the required measurement station and the Real Time Scanner Data Source. Press the OK button. This will open the Set View dialogue.

Page 60: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

50 • Basic Operation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Page 61: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Basic Operation • 51

To display a profile display no further configuration is required. Press OK.

A profile display will now be generated. When hot product is within the field of view of the scanner it will be displayed on the profile display. The fact that the product is live is displayed in the title bar of the window. An example of this is:

The profile display is only one of the displays available within Landscan WCA, for further information on the additional types of displays available see, Display Types.

Enabling Storage To enable storage of product data to a hard disk associated with the data server computer, it is necessary to setup the general storage management option and station storage option. This data can be stored for reference purposes and/or additional analysis.

Page 62: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

52 • Basic Operation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

To setup select the Management option from the storage menu and select the General tab.

In the When the Database size becomes group. Select the option “Greater than X products” and set the number of products to 100 (default setting). This is one possible configuration, another recommended configuration (if the storage drive is not the also the Windows system drive) is to select “Greater than x % of the Disk size” and set the percentage to 95%

In the Take the following action with the oldest products: group. Select the “Delete the oldest products” option.

In the Storage Location group, place the drive letter of the required Data Server hard disk in the primary drive box. Press the OK button.

Place a check in the System Storage Enabled check box.

The dialog box is as follows:

Page 63: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Basic Operation • 53

Page 64: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

54 • Basic Operation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

It is also necessary to enable the storage for each LPU/LSC connected to the system. This is performed by selecting the station tab from the storage management property sheet.

Place a check in the storage enabled box for each station. To view the storage properties for each station click on the up / down arrows next to the station number. When the station storage has been enabled for each measurement station press OK.

Product information is now being stored to the designated Data Server hard disk drive. After products have been detected it is possible to manually verify that products are being stored by using Windows Explorer. A directory should have been created on the designated drive with the selected name, this is LandscanDatabase by default, and this should contain a numbered directory with product files within it.

Displaying Stored Product Files The preceding configuration has detailed how to get 'real time' data from the LPU/LSC displayed in a window within the Landscan WCA system. It is also possible to display a stored product by performing the following.

Select the display menu and the new display option; this will cause the New View dialog to be displayed,

From this select New and press the OK button. The Data Source dialogue is displayed.

Page 65: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Basic Operation • 55

Select the required measurement station and the Data Source as Database. The list of available products is shown on the right hand side of the set data source dialog box.

Page 66: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

56 • Basic Operation LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Select the required product from the list and press the OK button.

To display a profile display no further configuration is required. Press OK.

A profile display of the stored data will now be generated; the product name and the fact that it is based on stored data is shown on the title bar of the display window.

Printing Two buttons exist on the system toolbar to allow an individual display to be printed or to Print All.

Page 67: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA User Guide • 57

User Guide

Scope of User Guide

This user guide gives details of the Landscan WCA software. It provides:

General System Information

This includes details of system specifications, what file structure to expect when using the software amongst others.

Available Software Functions

This includes details of what the user can do by accessing the various menus that comprise the software user interface.

Communications Details

This includes information on the methods and protocols available for communicating with the Landscan WCA software.

Page 68: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

58 • Scope of User Guide LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

General System Information The following are some general points about the software, the philosophy upon which it is based and what the user can expect.

System Data Processing There are 3 areas in which the system processes the scan line data.

Control Processing

Is performed within the LPU/LSC processor provides up to 14 maximum, minimum and average zone calculations across the scan line. This data is available as analog outputs from the processor or as an Alarm relay. This data is typically used for process control and is normally passed to a PLC. This is a real time processing function processing each data line as it arrives.

Local Processing

This provides the same functionality as Control Zone Processing, but this zone information is only available at the Landscan WCA system, as an extra set of zones that can be used for process analysis. This is a real time processing function processing each data line as it arrives.

Product Statistics Processing

This is different from Control and Local Processing, in that it processes whole product data as seen at a particular Measurement station. A whole range of statistics can be generated, condensing the vast amount of scan line data into an easily understood group of statistical summary data for every product.

The Linearization Correction Function The Landscan Head output linear 4-20mA temperature signals. For example an LS10 (600 - 1200°C) unit outputs 4mA at 600°C, 12mA at 900°C and 20mA at 1200°C

However due to limitations of the linearization circuitry inside the Landscan head there is a slight distortion to this linear scale. This gives rise to a temperature measurement error called 'design conformity error'. This error is very small (negligible for many purposes) and varies with target temperature. The error curve is defined in the heads respective technical manuals.

Page 69: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Scope of User Guide • 59

Design conformity error is the same for all heads of a given type. It is therefore straightforward to remove it in the Landscan Processor software. The LPU/LSC processor has a Linearization Correction Function which does just this. Residual linearization errors, after software error correction, are very small indeed (typically less than 1°C).

Available Software Functions The following gives an overview of each of the software functions. As the system is driven from the Windows graphical user interface the functions are initially described in terms of the menu options, toolbar options that the user can select. Other topics are detailed later.

The following menus are available to the user. The user uses the mouse to select these menus or the sequence of key presses defined.

File. (Alt F)

View. (Alt V)

Configure. (Alt C)

Data Processing (Alt P)

Display. (Alt D)

Storage. (Alt S)

Archive (Alt A)

Diagnostics. (Alt G)

Security. (Alt E)

Window. (Alt W)

Help. (Alt H)

Page 70: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

60 • File Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

File Menu

File Menu Descriptions This menu is selected by using the mouse or by selecting Alt F from the keyboard (keystrokes to enter these options are given next to the titles). This menu displays items depending on whether the system is running or whether the manual start of the system has been selected.

Displaysheets A displaysheet can save the layout and feel of the windows currently displayed so that they may be used time and again even if they are changed by other users, without the need to reconfigure the display options. The user can do this by saving a displaysheet, which is stored in a file on the hard disk of the host computer. These are envisaged to be of particular use for repeated changes in personnel, shifts or products.

File – Save Displaysheet (Alt-F then S) This option allows the user to save the current display setup to a displaysheet file. The user should enter a name for the displaysheet file (in the File name box), the directory in which to store the displaysheet file, and press the save button.

File – Clear Displaysheet (Alt-F then D) This option allows the user to remove all display windows currently shown within the main display window.

Page 71: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA File Menu • 61

File – Open Displaysheet (Alt-F then O) This option allows the user to restore a previously stored displaysheet. The user has the option to look for a particular displaysheet file on the hard disk. This displays a file selection dialog box from which the user can select the file corresponding to their particular displaysheet.

Click on the file name in the list provided so that its name appears in the File Name box and presses the Open button.

It is also possible to change the displaysheet using a communications message (LDS).

Configurations A Configuration File can save the current configuration of the complete Landscan WCA system. The Save Configuration and Change Configuration options should be used with caution, as they will affect the setup of the system.

The Landscan WCA system automatically creates a backup copy of the current configuration database at a pre-defined interval.

File – Save Configuration (Alt-F then V) This option allows the user to save the current system configuration. This will copy the current configuration database (systemconfig.mdb) to the backup filename entered by the user.

File – Change Configuration (Alt-F then C) This option allows the user to change the configuration of the Landscan WCA software. If the user selects to do this then the software will automatically shutdown. When the Landscan WCA software is restarted the user is presented with a list of options to create a new configuration or load a previously saved configuration.

Page 72: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

62 • File Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

.

Use the current database

This option restarts the system with no change to the configuration

Use the backup database

This to option restarts the system with the most recently saved backup database.

Use a previously saved database

This option restarts the system with a database saved using the Save Configuration option. The user is prompted to select the location and filename to be loaded.

Create a new (default) database

This option restarts the system with a blank database. This allows a complete reconfiguration of the system.

Page 73: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA File Menu • 63

LPU/LSC Configuration An LPU/LSC Configuration File includes all the parameters stored locally in the LPU/LSC, which have been configured by the Landscan Processor Configuration software. Key areas are:

• Scanner settings: type, speed, emissivity, height, tilt angle etc.

• Control zone model settings.

File – Save LPU/LSC Configuration (Alt-F then U) This option allows the user to save the configuration of a connected LPU/LSC processor to a database file on the Landscan WCA PC hard disk. The user selects the LPU/LSC to save the configuration from, the filename and location in which to store file. The LPU/LSC names are those defined in the Station Configuration.

File – Change LPU/LSC Configuration (Alt-F then L) This option allows the user to restore a saved LPU/LSC Configuration database. It should be noted that replacing the LPU/LSC configuration can change, amongst others the zone models configured within the LPU/LSC, the type of Landscan head connected to the LPU/LSC.

If the new LPU/LSC Configuration is not as expected then it can potentially compromise the process control ability of the Landscan system.

This option should be used with caution.

Print Options These options are used to configure and perform the print functions available within Landscan WCA.

File – Print (Alt-F then P) This displays the print dialog box from which the user selects the print out type required. Using this option print outs the current foreground display window, the foreground display window is the one with its title bar highlighted.

Printer name, type and status are displayed. The properties for that printer can be modified using the Properties button. Press OK to start the printer.

Page 74: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

64 • File Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

File – Print All (Alt-F then A) This displays the print dialog box from which the user selects the print out type required. This is different from the print option in that it prints all the display windows.

Printer name, type and status are displayed. The properties for that printer can be modified using the Properties button. Press OK to start the printer.

File – Print Preview (Alt-F then V) The user can look at the print out that will be generated prior to printing using this option.

To select to preview the contents of a window select that window by clicking on it, the title bar will typically highlight (this depends on system display properties). Then select print preview option from the file menu.

Page 75: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA File Menu • 65

Page 76: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

66 • File Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

The user can then zoom in / out to review the print out prior to producing it. To produce the print out select the print button on this preview window or return to the file menu and use the print option.

File - Print Preview All (Alt F then W) The user can look at the print out that will be generated prior to printing using this option.

This gives a preview of the Print All print out which displays all of the current display windows. This should not be confused with the Print Preview option, which is for a single display window only.

File - Print Setup (Alt F then R) This allows the user to configure the print options for the software.

File – Exit (Alt-F then X) This option stops the Landscan WCA software. A dialog asking for confirmation of this operation is displayed; select Yes to exit or No to continue running the software.

If the Landscan WCA software is functioning as a Data Server then exiting the software will also shutdown any client displays that are connected.

Page 77: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA View Menu • 67

View Menu

View – Display Toolbar (Alt-V then T) This option allows the user to show or hide the display toolbar, which provides single-click access to common display functions.

Start

When viewing stored data on a scan line by scan line basis this returns to display the first scan line stored.

Step Back

When viewing stored data on a scan line by scan line basis this steps back through the product 10-scan lines.

Back

When viewing stored data on a scan line by scan line basis this steps back to the previous scan line.

Start Display

This is used in conjunction with the Pause Display icon, which allows the update of the data on the displays to be paused and restarted.

Page 78: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

68 • View Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Pause Display

Pauses the display of the data to a display window.

Forward

When viewing stored data on a scan line by scan line basis this steps to the next scan line.

Step Forward

When viewing stored data on a scan line by scan line basis this steps through the data by 10 scan lines.

End

When viewing stored data on a scan line by scan line basis this forwards the data to the last stored scan line.

Zoom in

When viewing stored data this allows sections of the data to be displayed and not always the whole data.

Zoom out

If several zooms have been performed this buttons steps backwards through the zoom.

Cancel Zoom

Returns to displaying the full data.

Select Cursor

When viewing stored data this places up to 16-cursors on the displayed data and allows other functions to make measurements and statistical analysis at that cursor.

See:

Page 79: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA View Menu • 69

Cursors

Select Area Cursor

When viewing stored data this places up to 16-rectangular areas on the displayed data and allows other functions to make measurements and statistical analysis in that area. This function is only possible with the map display.

See:

Area Cursors

Select Point Cursor

When viewing stored data this places up to 16-cross points on the displayed data and allows other functions to make measurements and statistical analysis in that area. This function is only possible with the map display.

See:

Point Cursors

Previous Product

If a list of products is available this steps back through the list on a product by product basis.

Next Product

If a list of products is available this steps forward through the list on a product by product basis.

Global Previous Product This option moves one product backward for all data sources which are set to global (see Data Source Properties)

Global Next Product This option moves one product forward for all data sources which are set to global (see Data Source Properties)

Page 80: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

70 • View Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Enable Automatic Update of Display to Latest Stored Product This option automatically updates the stored product display to the latest available in the database, this function is timer controlled.

Disable Automatic Update of Display to Latest Stored Product This option disables the automatic display update

View – System Toolbar (Alt-V then Y) This option allows the user to show or hide the system toolbar, which provides single-click access to common system functions.

Event Log

This option opens the Landscan WCA Event Log, for further information see the event log section.

Status Viewer

This option opens the Landscan WCA System Status Viewer, for further information see the System Status Viewer

Print

This performs the same print function as described in the File Menu descriptions section.

Page 81: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA View Menu • 71

Print All

This performs the same print function as described in the File Menu descriptions section.

Reset Product Tracking

This performs the same function as described in the product tracking descriptions section.

Communications Diagnostics

This performs the same function as described in the communications diagnostics descriptions section.

Launch Help

This performs the same function as described in the Help Topics descriptions section.

View – Storage Toolbar (Alt-V then O) This option allows the user to show or hide the storage toolbar, which provides single-click access to common storage functions.

Archiving

Remove Files From Storage

Purge Files From Archive

This function performs the same purge function as described in the

Page 82: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

72 • View Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Purge Storage section.

Export Files From Storage

This performs the same export function as described in the Import/Export Data Files section.

Import Files Into System

This performs the same import function as described in the Import/Export Data Files section.

Export Product Data to ASCII

This option exports the current product data to an ASCII file. The location and amount of data exported is defined in the ASCII Export Settings section.

Export Active Window Data to ASCII

This option exports the data from the active Landscan WCA Display to an ASCII file. The location and amount of data exported is defined in the ASCII Export Settings section.

Store Active Window Image

This option stores the entire Landscan WCA Window as an image file. The location and type of file stored is defined in the Image Settings section.

Store Entire Window Image

This option stores the active Landscan WCA Display as an image file. The location and type of file stored is defined in the Image Settings section.

Page 83: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 73

View – Status Bar (Alt-V then S) This option allows the user to show or hide the status bar around the displays; in the event of an error this will automatically be displayed.

See:

Status

Configure Menu

Configure Menu Descriptions

Configure – System (Alt-C then S) This menu option provides access to the basic configuration options; these are the fundamental parameters which must be configured for the system to function. The basic configuration options are as follows:

Option Description Process Configuration of general process settings, number of

LPU/LSCs connected, system units etc. Equipment Configuration of network addresses of connected LPU/LSCs. Tracking Configuration of product tracking. Station Configuration of basic measurement station parameters. Product Configuration of standard product detection.

Page 84: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

74 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Processor Product Detect

Configuration of Processor Product Detection (Landscan Batch Processor Only)

Processor Inputs Configuration of connected Processor I/O at appropriate measurement station.

Line Scanner Configuration of the Landscan Head connected to appropriate measurement station.

Correction Configuration of Rotary Correction parameters (Landscan Batch Processor Only)

A full description of each option is:

Page 85: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 75

Process

This dialog defines the key system settings, with regards measurement units, process and orientation naming and the number of connected LPU/LSC units.

Page 86: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

76 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Process name

This is the label, which will appear in the Landscan WCA title bar and on all printouts generated from Landscan WCA.

Units of Temperature

The temperature units used by the system can be either Celsius or Fahrenheit.

Units of Distance

This is used to configure the locale specific units for all system measurements; the options are Metric and US.

Units of product Width

These units are used by the displays, for information in the scanning dimension. The Line Scanner distance from product and Tilt angle settings (Line Scanner Tab) must be correctly configured for the non- degrees units to be accurate.

Units of Longitudinal measurement

These units are used by the displays, for information in the time dimension. If any non-time option is selected then the product speed must be correctly configured; otherwise the distance measurements will not be accurate.

Orientation Naming

These are the labels used by the system to define the Left of scan (this is the start of the scan) and the Right of the scan (the end of the scan).

Number of LPU/LSC

This is the number of LPU/LSC processors connected to the system, and will be limited by the License. For information on the license refer to the Help, About Landscan WCA dialog.

If the number of LPU/LSCs is changed Landscan WCA will prompt for the system to be shut down. It is IMPORTANT that the software is shutdown and restarted before continuing.

Page 87: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 77

User Notes

These are general user defined notes that will appear with all printouts and databased data.

These are general user defined notes that will appear with all printouts and databased data. NEW313

Page 88: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

78 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Equipment

This dialogue configures the network identities of the LPU/LSC processors, from which the system will gather the scanner data. It is essential that this dialogue is configured to exactly match the Network IP Address settings of the LPU/LSC processors, which is configured via the LPU/LSC front panel and the Landscan Processor Configuration software. Please refer to the LPU/LSC Processor user guide that is provided on the Installation CDROM.

Page 89: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 79

LPU/LSC Processors

One Scanner and hence one LPU/LSC processor can be configured for each measurement station

Unit Label

This is a user-defined label for the station used by the system.

Network IP Address

The number entered here must exactly match the IP address of the LPU/LSC unit. The default address of the LPU/LSC is in the range 10.1.10.100-10.1.10.109, the least significant character of the address is selected using the front panel of the LPU/LSC.

If a change to the complete IP Address is required then it is necessary to make use of the Serial Communications using the Landscan Processor Configuration Software.

Maintenance - Take Unit Offline

It is necessary to take the unit offline whenever the IP Address of the station LPU/LSC is updated.

This option should also be selected whenever maintenance of the LPU/LSC is taking place, to prevent the Landscan WCA attempting to communicate with a LPU/LSC which is not present.

After the maintenance is complete deselect this option and press OK on the dialogue box. At this point the Landscan WCA software will automatically attempt to reconnect to the LPU/LSC processor at the designated IP Address.

Is Scantemp Process

This option should be selected when a ScanTemp model scanner is used at the station – it is not relevant when LS or LSP scanners are used.

Tracking

Introduction to Product Tracking

Page 90: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

80 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Products on the Process are constantly tracked by the system so that the identity of a particular product is known as it travels between the scanners. The identity of the product is either sent by the site computer system or is created by Landscan. The former is the most desirable since complications can arise since the scanners only have a point source view of the Process.

Care must be taken to understand your process distances, timings and events to correctly use these settings.

Generally a simple process may be able to use the system without sending PDI (Product Definition Information) data, but even then consideration must be made of the number of products on the process and between the scanners.

No PDI option

This assumes that a distance greater than each Measurement Station separates products on the Process. If this condition is not met, the system will not start up correctly, that is product numbers will not be assigned to the correct products. If this condition is not met then PDI should be used. Also it is assumed that products will not reverse at any point in the process.

PDI Available option (This option is recommended for most applications)

PDI can contain several items of data including the product name. Further information about PDI Messaging and the commands available can be found in Communications, PDI Command

The PDI data message must arrive at the Landscan system before the product is under the respective scanner; one or two seconds would be adequate (if this period is too long contact Land).

The data contained in the PDI message can be viewed on a Product Information display or in the communications diagnostic window.

Product Timing

Regardless of the mode used, products are timed so that product late and product stuck conditions can be detected. The result here will be twofold, an event will be logged to the Event Logger and the Tracking symbol on the Status bar will change color. The Tracking configuration dialog box performs the configuration.

Page 91: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 81

This dialog offers basic error handling for problems with the application process, such as products stalling under the scanner. The naming of the products is controlled by the Product Configuration dialog.

Page 92: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

82 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

The tracking algorithm will attempt to monitor the progress of products under the scanners, so in an application with several scanners and multiple products in the process at any time, it can deduce the name of a product arriving at each measurement station location. This algorithm is not ideal since it does not have any knowledge of the outside world, so we advise that for accuracy of product naming that communications is used and the product name is provided in a PDI message.

Reset Product Tracking Algorithm

If scanners have been taken out of service for maintenance or a product has stalled in the system, this will reset the tracking algorithm. The system will then begin to monitor for products at the first measurement station.

Store Untracked Products

If PDI messages are to be used for naming products but none are received OR there are faults with scanners in the system; then the tracking algorithm may not be able to adequately keep track of the products. In this case the products are said to be "UNTRACKED".

The icon on the status bar will be red and the name of the product will be Auto with a date / time stamp. By default any data associated with an untracked product IS NOT stored. You should select this option if you wish to store the data regardless of the tracking status.

In-between Station Line Tracking

There are two approaches to tracking scan lines within products between scanners, in a multi-scanner system. This function could be used to allow comparison of one product at each scanning station of a process or to provide a combined profile display for multiple Landscan heads situated side-by-side. This function should be used in conjunction with a delayed profile or combined data source display, see Display Configuration for detailed information on the display.

Time

Suggested Use - Lehr Cooling

This function should only be used in a process with a fixed thickness/length. At a minimum the distance between station parameter must be configured and an accurate process speed must be provided. It is recommended that when this tracking method is used an analog speed input is provided.

From this information, using the relationship between the distance and speed; Landscan WCA is able to calculate the relationship between the scan lines from each station of the product, producing an indication of the relative cooling between the stations.

Page 93: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 83

Product Name

This function should only be used when the product determination information is provided from an external source, such as PDI Messaging.

The product at the scanning station is linked to all products with the same name from previous stations. In this situation it is possible to deal with products which have experienced a change in thickness/length from the previous station. To do this it is necessary to configure a length factor, see below for further information.

From this length factor Landscan WCA calculates the relative position of each scan line from the previous station to the current station scan line, allowing an indication of the temperature change during the process between the scanners.

DIAGRAM OF RELATIVE SCAN LINE POSITION

?? INVESTIGATE ??

It should be noted that the product tracking algorithms used for between station scan line tracking only provides an approximate indication of the relationship between the scan lines at each station.

This function should be used in conjunction with a delayed profile or combined data source display, see Display Configuration for detailed information on the display.

For each measurement station:

You should use the Product Configuration dialog box to enable the naming of products from the PDI messages.

Ignore Storage if no PDI

If this option is selected then products will not be stored if PDI is unavailable when the product is detected. In this case the Landscan WCA software will generate a product name which will be used on any displays showing this product. Once displayed the product data is lost.

Distance to Station

The distance between the mill stations, that is used in the tracking algorithm.

Page 94: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

84 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Max time at station

This is the absolute maximum time a product can remain under the scanner, if a time out occurs the product will be truncated. This provides a check for the product becoming stuck under the scanner in a process fault.

Max wait for product

This is the absolute maximum time a product can travel between measurement stations, if a time out occurs the product is deleted. This provides a check for the product falling off the process between measurement stations.

Length Factor to Station

Manual

The user is required to configure a parameter defining the relationship between the current product length and the length of the product at the previous station.

A Length Factor of 2 indicates that the product has doubled in length, or by definition that the product thickness has halved.

Auto

If this option is selected Landscan WCA calculates the length factor based on the relative change in product speed between the stations. For this to be successful an accurate product speed must be provided to the processor at each station.

The user is required to configure a parameter defining the relationship between the current product length and the length of the product at the previous station.

A Length Factor of 2 indicates that the product has doubled in length

Landscan WCA automatically calculates the length factor based on the relative change in product speed between the stations

Page 95: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 85

Station

This dialog provides configuration of the Measurement Station position and name.

Station

Page 96: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

86 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

This selects the LPU/LSC processor Measurement station location.

Name

The Name of the Measurement Station, this is used throughout the system, for example when selecting a display view.

Page 97: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 87

Product

Station

This selects the Measurement station location for the product to be configured.

Page 98: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

88 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Product Name

The product name is used to identify products on the display and also used as the filename for the stored products on the hard disk drive. The product name can be defined by a number of methods, outlined below:

User Defined

In this situation the user can input a product name and number. The number is incremented as each new product arrives, thus providing unique product names for every product in the system.

PDI Control via Communications

The product name is defined from an external source using a PDI Message, see Communications, PDI Command for the relevant message structure.

If not available from

In the event that PDI messages are temporarily unavailable it is possible to configure any of the other options to be used as the product name.

Date and Time

The system date and time is used as the product name.

From Previous Station (all stations except station 1)

The product name is assigned from the previous station in the system.

For example PDI Messaging is used to configure the product name at station 1 and then at each subsequent station the same name is used without the need for additional PDI Messages.

In all cases, the station is identified by the addition of the station number to the product name.

Page 99: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 89

Emissivity (Remote Control Option)

LPU_2E

This menu option is only relevant if the Remote Control Analog Output for Emissivity has been connected to the Landscan head. The LPU_2E drives the Emissivity input at the head to a value representing this menu option. Values can be specified in steps of 0.01.

LSC

LS-Scanner

This menu option is only relevant if the Remote Emissivity Control has been connected to the Landscan head. The LSC drives the Emissivity input at the head to a value representing this menu option. Values can be specified in steps of 0.01.

LSP-Scanner

The LSC drives the Emissivity input at the head to a value representing this menu option. Values can be specified in steps of 0.01.

Any change to the remote Emissivity setting will be immediately recognized by the LPU/LSC. The data from the sensor will be updated over a period of approximately one-minute. During this period the data given by the LPU/LSC may be incorrect.

Product determination

This group of options defines how the system determines what constitutes a product from the real time data stream from the LPU/LSC.

Hot Edges

Hot Edge Detection attempts to locate the positions of the first and last hot edges in the scan line. There are two forms of Hot Edge Detection, Automatic and Threshold.

Automatic (Percentage of Peak)

The LPU/LSC automatically finds the first and last hot edges within each scan line. This technique should successfully track most products. For every scan line the LPU/LSC detects the product temperature and the noise floor temperature and calculates the 'Edge temperature' threshold as a percentage of the difference between the Product temperature and the noise floor temperature. (see diagram below)

Page 100: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

90 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

(The noise floor temperature is defined as the background temperature at the ends of the scan line.)

When this option is selected the Automatic (% of peak) parameter can be changed. This value would typically be set around 40 - 50%.

Threshold Temperature

This would only be used for applications with which the Automatic Edge Detection is inappropriate. For example if there is excessive background radiation to the sides of the product. This requires the setting of a fixed temperature level; the positions of the first and last points to exceed the temperature level are accepted as being the hot edges of the material. (see diagram below)

When this option is selected the Threshold Temperature parameter can be changed. The level will need changing to suit individual applications and products.

Page 101: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 91

Timed

This function will splice the continuous product into discrete segments as defined by the time parameters entered by the user. This will allow the products to be more easily managed with regards to display, databasing and archiving.

Product Length

This defines the 'length' of product in hours and minutes.

Gap Between Products

This defines the time gap between each product.

Care should be taken when specifying this option that the defined time does not cause extremely large data files to be created.

Digital Input at LPU/LSC

Page 102: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

92 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

This function leaves the control of the product detection to an external TTL or contact signal, for example from a PLC. Signal ON indicates product present and OFF indicates no product.

The LPU/LSC Digital Input must be defined by the user

Communications Control

This function leaves the control of the product detection to a plant computer, via a PDI message. A message is sent to switch the product on and a message is sent to indicate the end of the product, see Communications, PDI Command for the relevant message structure.

LPU/LSC Controlled (Landscan Batch Processor Only)

The Landscan Batch Processor can provide product detection information. If this option is selected it is necessary to configure the Landscan Batch Processor Product Detection.

Communication Override

If this option is selected, a PDI Communications message can be used to override Hot Edge Product Detection.

This option does not apply to other modes product detection.

Product May Reverse

This selection instructs the system to track products moving in both directions, typical applications include Hot Strip Mill Reversing stands.

Reverse Data (Coil Box)

Typically for use in a Hot Strip Mill application which employs a Hot Coil Box, this software function corrects the output from a Hot Coil Box such that the product data is shown consistently within the system.

Product Speed

This group defines how the distance data is calibrated, distance data is used in product determination and tracking. The more accurate the product speed information provided to the system the higher the quality of the subsequent data.

Page 103: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 93

Fixed speed

When this option is selected the product speed in in/sec or mm/sec (dependant on locale), is manually defined by the user.

Analog speed input at LPU/LSC

The variable analog speed signal is applied to a user selectable analog input channel of the LPU/LSC. The current can be scaled to indicate a forward or reverse (negative) speed in in/sec or mm/sec. See Processor Inputs for further information.

Zero Boundary

This parameter is used to define a border around 0mm/sec which will be defined as 0mm/sec. This is necessary in an application that has forward and reverse speed to ensure that product stopped is recognised.

For example,

Zero Boundary = 200mm/sec

-200mm/sec to +200mm/sec will be 0mm/sec

From Distance between Lines (Rotary Applications using Landscan Batch Processor with Encoder Card Fitted Only)

When this option is selected the Landscan WCA software uses the equivalent linear speed generated by the Landscan Batch Processor from the rotary speed.

From Line Encoder (Landscan Batch Processor type with Encoder input Card –P option Only)

The linear product speed is determined by an encoder input signal.

The resolution should be configured and is used to convert the encoder input signal to a process speed.

The resolution value is derived from the encoder counts per revolution (cpr) and the circumference of the measurement wheel used.

For example using an encoder with 2500 cpr and a measurement wheel with a 500mm circumference gives a resolution value as follows:

Page 104: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

94 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

mmcountsmm

cprresolution /20500

4250=

×=

Note: The encoder cpr value is multiplied by four due to the encoder card providing increased resolution.

Speed same as First Station (all stations except station 1)

This option can be selected assuming the product remains at a constant speed throughout the process. In order to calculate consistent distance information the current station will use the speed configured at the first station.

Product Cropping

This feature can remove a section from the start and end of the product prior to display and databasing. Typical applications are Hot Strip Mills where the leading and trailing edges of the product are removed prior to coiling.

Cropping Enabled activates the feature, and the amounts to be removed (the units are locale dependant) are defined in the Crop First and Crop Last fields.

Processor Product Detect This section refers to the Landscan Batch Processor Only and is used to configure the Product Detection Algorithm used within the Landscan Batch Processor. This will not affect the Product Determination configured within Landscan WCA.

Page 105: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 95

Process Type

The type of process selected will affect which other options must be configured.

Page 106: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

96 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Linear

This option should be selected when the Landscan Batch Processor is used in a linear process.

Rotary

This option should be selected only when the Landscan Batch Processor is used in a rotary process.

Width Detection

The width detection is performed using Hot Edge Detection, which attempts to locate the positions of the first and last hot edges in the scan line. There are two trigger modes for Hot Edge Detection, Automatic and Threshold.

Automatic (Percentage of Peak)

The LPU/LSC automatically finds the first and last hot edges within each scan line. This technique should successfully track most products. For every scan line the LPU/LSC detects the product temperature and the noise floor temperature and calculates the 'Edge temperature' threshold as a percentage of the difference between the Product temperature and the noise floor temperature. (see diagram below)

(The noise floor temperature is defined as the background temperature at the ends of the scan line.)

When this option is selected the Automatic (% of peak) parameter can be changed. This value would typically be set around 40 - 50% - adjustments of this level may be necessary for more accurate widths.

Page 107: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 97

Threshold Temperature

This would only be used for applications with which the Automatic Edge Detection is inappropriate. For example if there is excessive background radiation to the sides of the product. This requires the setting of a fixed temperature level; the positions of the first and last points to exceed the temperature level are accepted as being the hot edges of the material. (see diagram below)

When this option is selected the Threshold parameter can be changed. The level will need changing to suit individual applications and products.

Page 108: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

98 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

First Edge Start Angle

This value is used to define the scan angle at which the processor will begin to look for the first hot edge in the scan line. This can be useful to remove reflections or hot objects from the extremities of the profile when detecting the first product edge.

Last Edge Start Angle

This value is used to define the scan angle at which the processor will begin to look for the last hot edge in the scan line. This can be useful to remove reflections or hot objects from the extremities of the profile when detecting the last product edge.

Length Detection

These parameters are used to define product length detection method.

Page 109: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 99

When the linear process type is selected there are three options for the length detection trigger mode, however when the rotary process type is selected the only mode available is Digital Start + Length

Hot Edge Detection

The product length is triggered when the hot edge width detection is active.

Digital Start + Length

The product length is defined by a digital input start signal followed by a configured product length. The product length must be defined in the Product Duration.

Digital Start + Stop

The product length is defined by a start and stop digital input signal.

Product Length

This value defines the product length following a digital input start signal and is used if the product length trigger mode Digital Start + Length is selected. For linear process types the length is defined in mm or inches (depending on the locale settings), when a rotary process type is selected the product length is defined in degrees.

Product Start Trim

The product start can be trimmed by defining the number of mm to remove. This can be useful if a product trigger is prior to the start of the actual product. This parameter is only available for linear process types.

Product End Trim

The product end can be trimmed by defining a number of mm to remove. This can be useful if hot objects following the product cause the system to remain triggered on a product. This parameter is only available for linear process types.

Maximum Lines

The system uses a buffer to hold the product data. This value defines the buffer size and should be greater than the expected maximum product length.

Page 110: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

100 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Rotary Triggers

This option can only be configured for a rotary process type, eg. Rotary Thermoforming machines, all information except the number of stations can be automatically defined using the Diagnostics, Rotary Triggers menu.

Number of stations

This parameter sets the number of stations or stages of the machine. The number of stations can range from 1 to 4.

Trigger Station

This defines the station that immediate follows the digital trigger input signal.

First Station Offset Angle

This parameter defines the offset angle of the first station relative to the trigger signal.

Second Station Offset Angle

This parameter defines the offset angle of the second station relative to the trigger signal.

Third Station Offset Angle

This parameter defines the angle offset of the third station relative to the trigger signal.

Fourth Station Offset Angle

This parameter defines the angle offset of the fourth station relative to the trigger signal.

Heater Field Tracking

These parameters are used to define the tracking applied to the heater fields defined within the Landscan Batch Processor.

Product

The defined heaters fields track the detected product.

Fixed Fields

Page 111: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 101

The defined heater fields are fixed relative to the aperture of the scanner head.

Width/Length Offset

These parameters allow the entire field grid to be repositioned relative to the center of scan.

Processor Speed Control

This option can only be configured for a linear process type.

Fixed speed

When this option is selected the product speed in in/sec or mm/sec (dependant on locale), is manually defined by the user.

Analog speed input at LPU/LSC

The variable analog speed signal is applied to a user selectable analog input channel of the LPU/LSC. The current can be scaled to indicate a forward or reverse (negative) speed in in/sec or mm/sec. See Processor Inputs for further information.

From Line Encoder (Landscan Batch Processor with optional –P Encoder Card Fitted Only)

The linear product speed is determined by an encoder input signal.

The resolution (counts/mm) should be configured and is used to convert the encoder input signal to a process speed.

The resolution value is derived from the encoder counts per revolution (cpr) and the circumference of the measurement wheel used.

For example using an encoder with 2500 cpr and a measurement wheel with a 500mm circumference gives a resolution value as follows:

mmcountsmm

cprresolution /20500

4250=

×=

Note: The encoder cpr value is multiplied by 4 due to the encoder card providing increased resolution.

Page 112: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

102 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Processor Inputs The processor input configuration is dependant on the type of processor connected to each station.

LPU_2E Processor

The hardware configuration of the LPU_2E can include up to 8 analog voltage input channels. These inputs can be used to provide product speed information, spot thermometer inputs etc. All this data is displayed and stored by the system in the database.

LSC Processor

Up to 3 Digital/Analog Input and Output Cards (DAIO) may be fitted. Each card provides the following inputs, see Output Page for the specification of Analog and Digital output channels:

Input Type No. of Channels Specification Digital 4 Closed contact with respect to isolated 24V,

active high

Analog 4 Differential, milliamp or voltage - link selectable. 0 to 1/2/5/10V range, scaling span and offset - independently software selectable

The status of each channel is updated once per scan line.

When a third DAIO card is fitted, the Analog and Digital inputs of the card are disabled. This is because only 8 inputs are available at any time.

Analog Input Link Positions

The analog inputs can accept either voltage (V) or current (mA) signals. Each of the four channels may be independently set using jumper links on the DAIO Card.

For voltage input:

Set the appropriate link to "V" (see diagram below or the Processor User Guide for further information)

Page 113: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 103

For current input:

Set the appropriate link to "I" (see diagram below or the Processor User Guide for further information)

The dialogue box is then used to configure each analog or digital input.

Page 114: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

104 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Station Number

This selects the LPU/LSC Processor Measurement station location.

Page 115: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 105

Analog Inputs

Label

This is a text label that can be applied to the analog input channel; it is used by the system displays etc.

Channel On

Each of the analog input channels can be individually enabled within Landscan WCA. In order for the analog input to read and process signal data, the channel must be turned on.

Function

Process Input

This is the default option and should be used for any Analog input signal other than speed. This could be used for example to provide a measure of product thickness to the LPU/LSC processor.

Process Speed

This option should be selected if the input is to be used as an Analog speed input to the LPU/LSC processor.

Voltage Range

LPU_2E

The analog input range of the LPU_2E offers a 0 to 10V span or a 0 to 1V span. The LPU_2E will intelligently decide which span setting to use based on the limits of the working span given by the user.

The bottom and top limits of this range should fall between 0 to 10V.

LSC

Voltage

The analog input voltage range of the LSC offers a 0 to 1V, 0 to 5V or a 0 to 10V span. The LSC will intelligently decide which span setting to use based on the limits of the working span given by the user.

The bottom limit of this range is fixed to 0V and the top limit of the range should fall between 1 and 10V.

Page 116: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

106 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Current

The analog input current range of the LSC is 0-20mA. When the jumpers of the DAIO card are set to current, the voltage range of the input channel must be set, by the user as 0 to 5V.

User Scale

The user can specify the linear scaling of the analog input signal to match the input range previously configured. The bottom scale translates to the bottom of the input voltage range and the top scale translates to the top of the input voltage range. These scaling values can be positive or negative.

LSC Processor with 4-20mA Current Input

It should be noted that when using 4-20mA Current Input, that this relates to 1-5V of the voltage range. However as stated previously the bottom limit of the range is fixed at 1V. So the range should be configured as though the current input is 0-20mA

For example, analog input configured as remote speed, where 4-20mA equates to 0-20000mm/sec. So the user scale should be configured:

Bottom Limit = -5000

Upper Limit = 20000

Offset

This is a user signal adjustment to calibrate any deviation in the analog input readings at installation, for example signal attenuation. Readings derived after offset adjustment will remain within the scaling range previously configured.

Digital Inputs

Label

This is a text label that can be applied to the digital input channel; it is used by the system displays etc.

Channel On

Each of the digital input channels can be individually enabled within Landscan WCA. In order for the digital input to read and process signal data, the channel must be turned on.

Page 117: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 107

Function

Process Input

This is the default option and should be used for any Digital input signal other than Product Start and End.

Product Start

This option should be configured for the digital input to be used a Product Start signal for Product Determination or Process Product Detection (Landscan Batch Processor only)

Product End

This option should be configured for the digital input to be used a Product Stop signal for Product Determination or Process Product Detection (Landscan Batch model Processor only)

Page 118: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

108 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Line Scanner

Page 119: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 109

Station

This selects the Line scanner Measurement station location.

The following parameters apply to each connected LPU/LSC processor.

Disable Scanner for Maintenance

With this option selected the system will ignore any events generated by this scanner. For example, if it is disconnected for maintenance.

When this option is selected the relevant scanner indicator in the status bar will change to yellow.

Scanner Settings

This group configures all the parameters of the Line Scanner Head connected to the LPU/LSC processor.

Head Type

Defines the scanner Model Connected to the LPU/LSC, select from the list available.

Scanner Speed (Remote Control)

Only relevant for LS Scanners

LPU_2E

This menu option is only relevant if the Remote Control Analog Output for scan speed has been connected to the Landscan sensor head. The LPU_2E can drive the scanning motor in the head to run at the speed selected in this menu option. Values can be specified in steps of 1Hz. (not available with LSP scanner types)

LSC

This menu option is only relevant if an Analog Output has been configured to act as a Remote Speed Control AND the Analog Output chosen for the scan speed has been connected to the Landscan sensor head. The LSC can drive

Page 120: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

110 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

the scanning motor in the head to run at the speed selected in this menu option. Values can be specified in steps of 1Hz. (not available with LSP scanner types)

The LPU/LSC can automatically detect and track the speed of the scanning motor and will yield valid data when it has established that the motor has stabilized at a valid speed.

Any change to the remote scan speed setting will be immediately recognised by the LPU/LSC. After adjustment of the sensor head remote control signal, it may take several minutes for LPU/LSC to confirm that the scanning motor has stabilized, and valid Fast Temperature data is being received.

The diagram below shows the effect of varying the scan speed between 5-25Hz

Distance from Product

LPU/LSC

This is the distance between the scanner head window and the surface of the product measured perpendicular to the scanner head window. The units are either inches or millimeters, depending on the locale settings defined on the Process page.

Page 121: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 111

Landscan Batch Processor

This is the distance between the scanner head window and the surface of the product measured perpendicular to the product. The units are either inches or millimeters, depending on the locale settings defined on the Process page.

Tilt Angle

This is the angle subtended by the scanner head to the horizontal axis of the product, in degrees. The processor uses this parameter to correct for distortions caused by the scanner head being tilted with respect to the product surface. The correction applied to the scan line data depends upon the processor type.

LPU/LSC (all types of scanner)

Page 122: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

112 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Landscan Batch Processor

Reverse Scan Direction

Selection of this setting (check displayed in box) will result in the processor returning the values of each scan line in reverse order. For example if 1 of 3 scanners were mounted in the opposite orientation due to mounting constraints, then the data from that scanner could be reversed to match the other 2 scanners.

Temperature Offset Adjustment

This provides the facility to add or subtract a fixed temperature offset to the calibrated temperature data that is displayed, by up to ±200° (C or F) .

When applied, an offset value of -10° will cause the displays, zones, analog outputs etc. read 10° below the calibrated temperature.

Enable Internal Ambient Temperature Sensor (where available)

In Landscan heads fitted with an Internal Ambient Temperature sensor (refer to Landscan head documentation) selection of this setting causes an alarm to be triggered if the internal ambient temperature (within the Landscan head) exceeds its maximum safe value. These values can be found in the documentation for the appropriate Landscan head. The range of this sensor is -10 to + 90C and it provides a linear 4-20mA output.

Page 123: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 113

Input Signal Conditioning

Defines the data pre-processing function to be applied, select either OFF, Averaging or Peak Picking.

Averaging

Provides the average temperature over a user determined number of scan lines, particularly useful when scanning a product where there is electrical or thermal noise.

Each sample in the scan line is averaged with its corresponding sample positions over the last x scan lines. The resulting temperature is allocated to this sample.

The graphical illustration below shows the typical output obtained using the averaging function - the output signal is smoothed.

Page 124: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

114 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Peak Picking

Provides the peak temperature value, particularly useful when scanning a product with heavy scale, and as in the averaging function, this is on a per sample basis.

If the peak temperature of the sample is greater than the previous corresponding sample then its temperature is used as the peak. If it is less than the previous corresponding sample then a decay is applied which is proportional to the number of processed scan lines selected

Over n Scan Lines

The pre-processing function, if active, is applied over 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 scan lines input.

Page 125: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 115

Correction

This dialogue provides configuration of the Landscan Batch Processor rotary product correction settings. The following options are available.

Page 126: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

116 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

The following parameters apply to each connected Landscan Batch Processors

Enable Correction Mode

Selection of this setting (check displayed in box) will result in the processor applying a rotary correction algorithm to product data. The rotary geometry correction mode is used to correct for distortions to the product data caused by rotating products as they appear to the Scanner Head. The correction algorithm uses geometrical data from the process to correct for this distortion.

The following parameters are required to perform the Rotary Geometry correction.

Scanner distance to center of rotation

This is a measurement of the distance from the center of rotation of the rotary machine to the center of the scanner temperature profile. This can be configured by placing a hot object in the profile of the scanner and measuring from the center of rotation to the 0 degree scan angle point.

Measured area width

This is a measurement of the width of the area to be corrected. The measured area width should always be greater than the expected product width.

Measured area length

This is a measurement of the length of the area to be corrected. The measured area length should always be greater than the expected product length.

Measured area length offset

This is a measurement of the offset from the center of the scan line to the center of the measured area length.

Measured area width offset

This is a measurement of the offset from the center of the scan line to the center of the measured area width.

Page 127: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 117

Configure - Communications (Alt C then M) This allows configuration of external communications (with other plant computers). The Landscan WCA DataServer acts as the Server when communicating with other Plant Computers.

Communication Settings

TCP/IP Communications Serial Communications

The license controls the number of communications connections. The license controls the protocol and transport mechanism (RS232/TCP/IP) used on the particular connection.

Page 128: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

118 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

For each connection the user can select whether TCP/IP or Serial Communications is used. Depending upon connection type only the appropriate configuration parameters are displayed.

For each licensed TCP/IP connection the user can configure:

IP Address

The IP address of the client connection can be modified if a connection is not currently connected.

IP Port Number

The port number for the TCP/IP port connection, a TCP/IP "port" can be thought of as a private communications line where the port number is used to uniquely identify each unique connection between two devices. The concept is very similar to any other type of port on the PC (serial, parallel, etc) except that instead of having a physical connection, the TCP/IP protocol creates a "virtual port" and the network software is responsible for routing the data in and out of each virtual port.

The external communications interface should not use the same IP port number as that used for LPU/LSC communications. The default IP port number for LPU/LSC communications is 1050, for other external communications it is 2011.

Server

When this option is selected the Landscan WCA system takes on the mode of server in the communications.

Reconnect Automatically

Landscan WCA as Server

When this option is selected the Landscan WCA system will automatically recreate its Server port following a disconnection, and begin listening for a new connection.

After x (*100) Milliseconds

This option defines the time to wait after disconnection prior to attempting automatic reconnection

For each licensed RS232 connection the user can configure:

COM PORT

This option allows the user to select the physical COM Port to be used for the communications. To be available in this list the COM Port must be correctly configured within Windows and be enabled

Page 129: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 119

Baud Rate

This option allows the user to select the Baud Rate (speed) of the communications, the options available are 4800, 9600, 14400, 19200, 28800.

Byte Size (yes we know a Byte is 8 bits)

This option allows the user to configure the size of each communications byte.

Parity

This option allows the user to configure the parity used in the communications. The available options are NONE, ODD, EVEN, MARK.

Stop Bit

This option allows the user to configure the Stop Bit to be used in the communications. The available options are 1, 1.5, 2.

Send Retries

This option allows the user to configure the number of attempts to send each message before failing the message.

Connect to Port

This button provides a manual method for connecting the configured communications to the selected serial port.

Disconnect from Port

This button provides a manual method for disconnecting the configured communications from the selected serial port.

Load PDI Def

This buttons allows the user to reload the default configuration for PDI Messaging. This should only be used if recommended by LAND personnel, as incorrect parameters may leave the system inoperable.

Page 130: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

120 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Load PP Def

This buttons allows the user to reload the default configuration for PP Messaging. This should only be used if recommended by LAND personnel, as incorrect parameters may leave the system inoperable.

Diagnostics

This button allows the user to display a window which shows the last 100 transmitted and received communication messages. When 100 messages have been transmitted/received then oldest messages are deleted.

The diagnostics window is: -

Page 131: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 121

It is possible to get additional diagnostics on each of the messages received by the Landscan WCA software. See the FAQ section - How do I obtain additional communications message diagnostics?

Advanced

This option should only be used by Land Personnel.

Configure - Advanced (Alt C then A) The advanced configuration options should only be configured under guidance from LAND personnel.

Page 132: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

122 • Configure Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Optimise

Page 133: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Configure Menu • 123

For each station it is possible to configure the number of samples for which data is requested from the processor.

Full Scan line of 1000 samples

This is the default option, in which all of the samples are transmitted.

Samples between hot edges only

Only the samples between the detected hot edges of the product are transmitted.

Samples between hot edges plus x %

The samples between the detected hot edges of the product and an additional, configurable percentage of the scan width are transmitted.

Reduced Scan Line Sample

When this option is used the user can manually configure the start and end samples which are to be transmitted.

Advanced Configuration This option should only be used by Land Personnel.

Configure – System Startup (Alt C then Y) This has two options Auto and Manual.

Auto

This option specifies that the software will automatically start when the icon is doubled clicked on the operating system desktop. Refer to the getting started section on how to start the software.

Manual

The manual option is disabled. You should contact Land to discuss use of this feature.

Page 134: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

124 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Data Processing Menu

Data Processing – Control Processing (Alt-P and C) This group of dialog boxes are used to configure the processing performed within the LPU/LSC Processor and equivalent functions performed within the WCA software.. They are also used to assign processed information to both analog and digital outputs of the LPU/LSC Processor.

Page 135: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 125

Zone Processing

This dialog configures the Control Zone model data processing that resides in the LPU/LSC. The data from these functions is used to control the LPU/LSC zone analog outputs and the alarm outputs. The LSC may have 4, 8 or 12 optional outputs and 4 or 8 optional inputs. The LPU may have 2, 6, 10 or 14 outputs and 4 or 8 optional inputs.

The Control Zones are configured across the width of scan or the width of the detected product and are measured along the length of the product,

Page 136: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

126 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Station

This selects the Line scanner Measurement station location.

Each of the stations has 14 unique control zone settings (even though the LSC processors are limited to 12 outputs).

Zone Time Function

Generally, the application of a Time Constant Function creates a processing zone area over the moving product. This zone area is dependent upon the scan speed and the value of the time constant. For example, if the scanner is set for operation at 10Hz and a time constant at one second is used, then the zone area will cover ten scanned lines of the product.

Apply

This turns on the time constant calculations for the zone peak picker, valley picker, and zone average.

The time functions are very useful for scanning a material with heavy scaling, or a narrow material such as wire. With the Time Function applied, zone processing functions are applied to an area of the product. This 'area' keeps pace with the incoming scan data, rolling forward as a block as each new scan line is processed.

Page 137: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 127

Zones time function explained

The values of Minimum, Average and Peak are re-calculated continuously by taking the values calculated for each scan line and applying the zone time constant.

Minimum

Is the Valley picker; the value recovers to the scanner top temperature within the time constant period. Useful for ignoring 'hot spots' caused by surface changes with galvanised products.

The zone output will follow the minimum temperature within the zone area. Each scan line is processed in turn, if the next scan line has a minimum temperature lower than the previous scan line within the chosen zone then this new minimum value is used for the zone output. However if the next scan line has a minimum temperature higher than the previous scan line within the chosen zone then a time constant is applied to the zone output.

Peak

This is the Peak Picker, the value decays to the scanner bottom temperature within the time constant period. Useful for ignoring scale or gaps in wire.

The zone output for this option is similar to the Minimum zone option except that the action is reversed. The zone output will follow the maximum temperature within the zone area. A time constant is applied to the zone output if the temperature is falling.

Average

Is a running average calculated as the average of the average of the individual averages of each line for the number of lines within the time constant. This has a smoothing effect upon the zone data.

Hold Outputs Between Products

If On, the analog outputs will hold the output values from the last hot product detected using the zone model selected. If Off, the outputs will represent whatever is calculated by the corresponding zones. i.e. If there is no product within the field of view of the scanner, the outputs will read the background temperature. Note that if Hold Outputs between products is On the alarms will not hold their state until the next product is detected.

(Batch Processors with V1.1.0 firmware and above do hold alarms between products)

Page 138: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

128 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

The dialog allows the user to segment either the product or the full scan width into a series of up to 14 zones that can overlap if required. For each zone it is possible to calculate the maximum, minimum or average temperature. Used in conjunction with the Hot Edge Detection function, in the product dialog zones can track a moving target.

The configuration of each zone is performed on an individual dialog, to edit the parameters of a zone, single click the mouse on a parameter of that zone.

Individual Control Zone Configuration

Page 139: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 129

Zone Configuration

Label

This is a text label that can be applied to the zone; it is used by the system displays etc.

Tracking

This option configures each individual zone to either track with the hot product if enabled or align with the scanner field of view and thus the industrial process if disabled.

Off

The zones are defined relative to the full scan width.

Tracks Product

The zones are defined relative to the tracked hot product.

Track Product in Borders

The zones are defined relative to the tracked hot product. The product tracking algorithm is only functioning within the defined region of the full scan width.

Page 140: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

130 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Units

The zones can be defined in either percentages or the measurement units of the system.

Reference

Each zone can be defined relative to a reference position. The reference options are "Start, Center or End". Percentage zones are always referenced to the start of the hot product or the start of the scan width. If track product is enabled, the reference positions apply to the hot product and if the track product is disabled, the reference positions apply to the full scan angle.

Start and End

This defines the size and position of each zone. The values must be specified in the units selected for each respective channel.

How the zones are configured using Percentage units

When defining a zone using percentage units and product tracking is enabled, then 0% to 100% would represent the width of the hot product as identified using the hot edge detection algorithm. This method

Page 141: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 131

would be used for a zone across the product width which may be varying or where the product moves about within the scanner field of view whilst being processed.

0% is the start reference point and 100% is the end reference point. Thus 50% represents the center of the hot product or the center of the scan width. Percentage defined zones can be specified to 0.1% allowing a resolution down to 1 sample.

How the zones are configured using Distance units

This defines the size and position of each zone as an absolute measurement in mm or inches. When defining a zone using specific units of measurement either millimeters or inches, then two forms of data can be obtained: product related or process related.

Page 142: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

132 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

If the product tracking is disabled, then the zone reference allows a zone to be fixed with respect to the process, for example yielding data from an area cooled by a fixed position vent.

If the product tracking is enabled, then the zone reference allows a zone to be fixed with respect to the product, for example, yielding data from an area adjacent to each hot edge.

The range of a zone, which starts at a reference point, will have one value of 0 and the zone size will be determined by the second value. A zone in proximity to a start or end point reference point will have two values describing the zone start and zone end positions. A zone referenced to the center has one value describing the zone size symmetrically about the center of the product or process.

When measuring in mm/inches the range is detailed in mm/inches (depending of the locale settings) but will be dependent upon the tilt angle of the scanner and the distance from the scanner to the target as setup in the Line Scanner menu. See the example below where the scan angle corresponds to an absolute width of 1500mm, hot edges have been detected at -20° and 16°, the center of the product is at 2° and units have been set to mm.

Page 143: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 133

Processing

For each line scanned the processing for each zone can be independently set:

Off

No output. If you have cooling rate calculations enabled and the zones are off then no cooling rate calculations are performed.

Minimum

Finds the minimum temperature of all the samples within the zone.

Average

Calculates the average of the samples within the zone.

Peak

Finds the maximum temperature value of all the samples within the zone.

Quantile

This function performs a peak sample rejection algorithm to remove unwanted samples from the zone value. Firstly the samples from the zone are sorted into order of temperature values. These samples are then converted to a percentage value 0% to 100% where 0% represents the sample value at 0% of the samples and 100% represents the value at 100% of the samples.

Any samples above the required percentage of the total number of zone samples are rejected. The required percentage of the total number of zone samples is entered using the Quantile/Avg Threshold Value input field.

Page 144: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

134 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Average Threshold

The Average Threshold function performs a similar function to the standard average function with the addition of the ability to define a threshold level for the calculation. The minimum and maximum temperature value in the zone

Page 145: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 135

is used to create a percentage index representing the threshold temperature. Only values that are above the threshold value are included in the average calculations.

The zone output depends on the processed function of the scanned line shown according to width of the zone set.

For zones that overlap the edges of the hot product, the zone statistics are derived from the hot product portion of the data only.

A zone, which is OFF, cannot calculate data for the alarm and output channel associated with it, thus the alarm will be turned off and the Analog outputs will be set to 0mA.

Page 146: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

136 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Zone Alarms

Page 147: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 137

LPU Processor

This dialog allows the user to configure a maximum of 14 alarm relay outputs each of which will be activated at a threshold temperature value by the corresponding zone processed temperature. If the associated zone 'type' is set to Off then there is no zone data on which to activate the alarm, and the alarm relay output will be set to OFF.

LSC Processor

This dialog allows the user to configure a maximum of 14 alarms each of which will be activated at a threshold temperature value by the corresponding zone processed temperature. If the associated zone 'type' is set to Off then there is no zone data on which to activate the alarm, and the alarm output will be set to OFF. If an external warning of an alarm condition is required, each alarm can be mapped to a digital output.

Station

This selects the Measurement station location of the Scanner and LPU/LSC

Label

This is a label that can be used by the displays, to identify the alarms.

Level

This value is the threshold level at which the alarm will activate. It may be set to any temperature within the range of the Landscan head selected in the Line Scanner dialog.

Type

Select either Off, High or Low mode for the alarm condition to become active.

Off

The alarm is disabled

High

The alarm will activate when the corresponding statistically calculated zone temperature is higher than the temperature threshold level.

Low

The alarm will activate when the corresponding statistically calculated zone temperature is lower than the temperature threshold level.

]

Page 148: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

138 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Event Display

Each zone alarm can also generate an event message, which can be displayed in the Event Viewer.

Active

When this option is enabled the zone alarm will generate an event message.

Category

Each zone alarm can be assigned to a severity level, the available options are Event, Warning, Information, Diagnostic or Debug.

Page 149: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 139

Page 150: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

140 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Analog Output Processing

This dialog controls the LPU/LSC analog output hardware and allows the user to enable or disable any of the analog output channels that have been installed in the LPU/LSC Processor. A disabled channel will output 0mA.

Page 151: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 141

LPU Processor

The LPU_2E will accommodate a maximum of 16 analog output channels. The first two channels are dedicated to remote control of the Landscan head scan speed and Emissivity, leaving a maximum of 14 available channels for zone outputs.

LSC Processor

Up to 3 Digital/Analog Input and Output Cards (DAIO) may be fitted. Each card provides the following analog outputs, see Processor Input Page for the specification of Analog and Digital Input channels or the Digital Output Processing Page for the specification of the Digital Output Channels.

Output Type No. of Channels Specification Analog 4 0 to 20mA / 4 to 20mA,

- independently software selectable

The status of each channel is updated once per scan line.

Station

This selects the Measurement station location of the Scanner and LPU/LSC.

Label

This is a label that can be used by the displays, to identify the analog outputs.

Channel On

When this option is selected the analog output channel is enabled and will generate an output. If this option is not selected the output will be set to 0mA.

Function

LPU Processor

When an LPU Processor is used the analog output can only be assigned to Zone Value. When this function is selected the output represents the current temperature value for a selected zone. The output is scaled according to

Page 152: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

142 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

the selected range where the temperature to mA scale is defined as follows: 20mA represents the Line Scanner top temperature and 0 or 4 mA represents the Line Scanner bottom temperature.

LSC Processor

Zone Value

When this function is selected the output represents the current temperature value for a selected zone. A particular zone is selected using the Function Value parameter for the same channel. The temperature to mA scale is defined as follows: 20mA represents the Line Scanner top temperature and the 0 or 4 mA represents the Line Scanner bottom temperature.

Product Width

This function sets the output in relation to the current product width defined by the hot edges. The output is set according to the number of samples represented by the hot product. The output is scaled 0 to 1000 samples for the full scan width.

Product Walk

This function sets the output in relation to the current product center defined by the hot edges. The output is set according to the number of samples represented by the center of the product. The output is scaled 0 to 1000 samples for the full scan width.

Page 153: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 143

First Edge

This function sets the output in relation to the first edge of the product defined by the hot edge. The output is set according to the number of samples represented by the hot edge. The output is scaled 0 to 1000 samples for the full scan width.

Last Edge

This function sets the output in relation to the last edge of the product defined by the hot edge. The output is set according to the number of samples represented by the hot edge. The output is scaled 0 to 1000 samples for the full scan width.

Scanner Ambient

This function allows the current scanner head ambient temperature to be available on the processor outputs. Only available on scanner heads fitted with Internal Ambient Temperature Sensor (IATS), when IATS has been enabled on the Line Scanner configuration page.

4mA -10degC

20mA 90degC

Remote Speed

This function is used in conjunction with an LS Scanner Head for the remote control of scanner speed. The output is set to the current speed defined in the Line Scanner configuration.

Remote Emissivity

This function is used in conjunction with an LS Scanner Head for the remote control of scanner emissivity. The output is set to the current emissivity defined in the Line Scanner configuration.

Page 154: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

144 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

mA Source

This function gives a fixed output defined by the current setting of the Function Value parameter for the same channel.

Comms Output

This function enables the remote operation of the output by communications. The output is set by using the AOC message; refer to Remote Output Control for further information.

Function Value

This parameter is used in conjunction with the channel function setting as previously described.

Range

This channel parameter allows the user to set the output range for the currently selected function. The available output ranges are 0 to 20mA and 4 to 20mA.

Page 155: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 145

Digital Output Processing

This dialog controls the LPU/LSC digital output hardware and allows the user to enable or disable any of the digital output channels that have been installed in the LPU/LSC Processor.

LPU Processor

The LPU_2E will accommodate a maximum of 14 Zone Alarm relay output channels.

Page 156: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

146 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

LSC Processor

Up to 3 Digital/Analog Input and Output Cards (DAIO) may be fitted. Each card provides the following digital outputs, see Processor Input Pagefor the specification of Analog and Digital Input channels or the Analog Output Processing Page for the specification of the Analog Output Channels.

Output Type No. of Channels Specification Digital 4 Voltage-free relay outputs (rated at 50V DC)

The status of each channel is updated once per scan line.

Station

This selects the Measurement station location of the Scanner and LPU/LSC.

Label

This is a label that can be used by the displays, to identify the alarms.

Channel On

When this option is selected the digital output channel is enabled and will generate an output.

Function

This setting is the current digital output function selected for the channel. The following functions are available:

LPU Processor

When an LPU Processor is used the digital output can only be assigned to Zone Alarms. With this function selected the output represents the current state of a zone alarm for a selected zone. A zone is selected using the Function Value parameter for the same channel.

LSC Processor

Zone Alarm

Page 157: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 147

With this function selected the output represents the current state of a zone alarm for a selected zone. A zone is selected using the Function Value parameter for the same channel.

Ambient High Alarm

With this function is selected the output indicates the current state of the scanner ambient high alarm trip.

Ambient High Warning

With this function is selected the output indicates the current state of the scanner ambient high warning trip.

Ambient Low Warning

With this function is selected the output indicates the current state of the scanner ambient low warning trip.

Product Trigger

This function indicates the presence of a hot product as detected by the processor product detection configuration.

Communications Output

This function enables the remote operation of the output by communications. The output is set by using the DOC message; refer to Remote Output Control for further information.

Product Alarm (Landscan Batch Processor Only)

This function is used to provide a digital output that is activated when either a heater field or heater group alarm is active. Refer to the following sections for further information Heater Field Configuration and Heater Group Configuration.

Function Value

This parameter is used in conjunction with the channel function setting as previously described.

Hysteresis

This parameter allows the user to define hysteresis (schecktion) levels for the current output function.

Page 158: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

148 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Fields and Groups Processing

This dialog is only available when a Landscan Batch Processor is connected. it allows access to the configuration of heater fields and groups.

Page 159: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 149

Station

This selects the Measurement station location of the Scanner and LPU/LSC.

Configure Fields

The Field Configuration dialog is used to configure the heater field grid (Process Area) associated with a Batch Processor. Each field (Cell) is defined using two X and Y coordinates corresponding to the bottom left corner and top right corner of the Cell.

Page 160: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

150 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

The configured field grid is overlaid on the temperature data for each detected product and statistical data for example mean temperature is calculated for each Cell.

The calculated field grid values for the previous product can be displayed in the Product Display and Heater Map Display.

The following settings can be configured for each field in the grid.

Label

This defines a user specific description for the Cell.

X1

This defines lower left corner X coordinate of the Cell relative to the Process Area.

Y1

This defines lower left corner Y coordinate of the Cell relative to the Process Area.

X2

This defines upper right corner X coordinate of the Cell relative to the Process Area.

Y2

This defines upper right corner Y coordinate of the Cell relative to the Process Area.

Lo Alarm

This defines low alarm trigger temperature for the cell. If the cell mean temperature falls below this level then the cell low alarm will be activated.

Page 161: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 151

Hi Alarm

This defines high alarm trigger temperature for the cell. If the cell mean temperature is above this level then the cell high alarm will be activated.

Avg Threshold

This defines minimum temperature threshold level for mean temperature cell calculations. If the temperature of any sample in the cell is below this threshold temperature then it will not be included in the cell calculations.

The following options are available on the window:

Add Heater

Following selection of the add heater function from the Heater Field Configuration window a new cell (field) may be added to the cell grid at the next available position in the field (cell) list.

All the individual cell (field) parameters can be configured; refer to previous section for a description of the field (cell) parameters.

If additional fields (cells) are to be added then the Next button can be used to add further fields (cells) to the field grid (process area).

Page 162: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

152 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Insert Heater

The insert new field dialog provides the facility to insert additional fields (cells) to the field configuration; refer to previous section for a description of the field parameters.

Edit Heater

Page 163: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 153

The edit field dialog provides the facility to edit individual field (cell) parameters for an existing field (cell); refer to previous section for a description of the field (cell) parameters.

Delete Heater

Selecting this option deletes the currently selected heater field.

Delete All

Selecting this option deletes all the fields (cells) in the field grid (process area) configuration.

Setup

The first stage of the field configuration involves the setting of parameters relating to the oven and product dimensions. The Field Setup dialog provides access to these parameters.

Page 164: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

154 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Oven Dimensions (Process area)

This defines the overall oven dimensions using X ,Y coordinates. The bottom left and top right X,Y coordinates are used to define the overall oven (Process area) dimensions.

Define Heater Grid

This defines the initial grid for the individual fields of the oven (Process area). The number of required rows and columns of the grid can be defined. This initial grid provides a starting point for the field grid setup and can be refined at a later stage.

Product Dimensions

This defines the product dimensions using X ,Y coordinates relative to the previously defined oven (Process area) dimensions.

Page 165: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 155

Load File

The load file option can be used to import previously saved field configuration files. Refer to section 'Save As' for information regarding saving field configurations.

Save As

The Save As option allows the user to export the current field configuration to a data file. This file can be imported into the software using the load file option refer to section 'Load File'.

Show/Hide Map

The heater field map display shows a graphical representation of the current field configuration. The relative dimensions of the oven, product and individual heaters are displayed.

Page 166: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

156 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

The user is able to select individual fields by clicking the left mouse button over a field. The currently selected field is highlighted on the field map and is selected in the Field Configuration dialog.

Multiple fields can be selected by holding the left mouse button and dragging the cursor over the field grid.

If the user places the cursor over a field and clicks the right mouse button the field is selected and a menu is presented with the following options:

Split Horizontal

Selecting this option will horizontally split the currently selected field. Dividing the field X dimension and maintaining the selected field Y dimension.

Split Vertical

Selecting this option will vertically split the currently selected field. Dividing the field Y dimension and maintaining the selected field X dimension.

Delete Heater

Selecting this option will remove the currently selected field from the grid.

Edit Heater

Selecting this option will open the edit field dialog to allow the selected field parameters to be configured; refer to the previous section 'Edit Heaters'.

Delete Heaters

This option deletes the currently selected field.

Merge Heaters

This option merges the currently selected fields into one field.

Page 167: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 157

Configure Groups

The Group Configuration window allows user to group individual fields associated with a previously created field configuration. For information relating to the creation of a field configuration refer to section Heater Field Configuration.

Following the grouping of fields statistical calculations are made that relate to the data in all the fields of the group. For example if a field group consisted of four fields then the mean temperature value for the group would be derived from the mean temperature of every sample in the four fields.

The following settings can be configured for each field group:

Group

This defines the unique grid index of the field group.

Page 168: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

158 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Label

This defines a user specific description for the field group.

Lo Alarm

This defines the low alarm trigger temperature for the field group. If the field group mean temperature falls below this level then the field group low alarm will be activated.

Hi Alarm

This defines high alarm trigger temperature for the field group. If the field group mean temperature is above this level then the field group high alarm will be activated.

Avg Threshold

This defines minimum temperature threshold level for mean temperature field group calculations. If the temperature of any sample in the field group is below this threshold temperature then it will not be included in the field group calculations.

The following options are available on the window:

Add Group

Page 169: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 159

Following selection of the add field group function from the Heater Group Configuration window a new field group may be added to the field group grid at the next available position in the field group list.

All the individual group parameters can be configured; refer to previous section for a description of the field group parameters.

To configure the field group a list of available heaters is shown. Following the selection of the heaters from the available heater field list the Add button should be selected. The Add button moves the selected heaters from the available heater list to the Selected Heater List. The selected heater list shows the heaters that will form the group following the user selecting the OK button.

The Next button can be used to add further field groups to the field group grid.

Edit Group

Page 170: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

160 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Following selection of the edit heater group function from the Heater Group Configuration window an existing field group may be configured.

All the individual group parameters can be configured; refer to previous section for a description of the field group parameters.

To edit the field that forms the group the user can add new field from the available heaters list and selecting the Add button. Heaters can be removed from the group by selecting heaters from the Selected Heater list and selecting the Remove button.

The selected heater list shows the heaters that will form the group following the user selecting the OK button.

The Next and Previous buttons can be used to edit further field groups of the field group grid.

Delete Group

Selecting this option deletes the currently selected field group.

Delete All

Selecting this option deletes all the groups in the field group configuration.

Load File

The load file option can be used to import previously saved field group configuration files. Refer to section 'Save As' for information regarding saving field group configurations.

Save As

The save file option allows the user to export the current heater group configuration to a data file. This file can be imported into the software using the load file option refer to section 'Load File

Page 171: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 161

Show/Hide Map

The field group map window shows a graphical representation of the current field group configuration. Each field group is represented by an area of similarly colored fields.

The map window can be used in conjunction with the various field group configuration options to provide a simple method of creating and editing field groups. Refer to sections 'Add Group' and 'Edit Group' for further information.

Page 172: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

162 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Data Processing – Local Processing (Alt-P and L)

Local Zone Processing

This dialog configures the Local Zone data processing, which is a separate zone model, independent of that which exists in the LPU/LSC. These zones do not provide any control and only reside within the Landscan WCA Software.

The Local Zones are configured across the width of scan or the width of the detected product and are measured along the length of the product,

Page 173: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 163

Station

This selects the Line scanner Measurement station location.

Each of the stations has 14 unique control zones.

The dialog allows the user to segment either the product or the full scan width into a series of up to 14 zones that can overlap if required. For each zone it is possible to calculate the maximum, minimum or average temperature. Used in conjunction with the Hot Edge Detection function, configured in the product dialog, zones can track a moving target.

The configuration of each zone is performed on an individual dialog, to edit the parameters of a zone, single click the mouse on a parameter of that zone.

Page 174: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

164 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Individual Local Zone Configuration

Zone Configuration

Label

This is a text label that can be applied to the zone; it is used by the system displays etc.

Cross Tracking

This option configures each individual zone to either track with the hot product if enabled or align with the scanner field of view and thus the industrial process if disabled.

Page 175: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 165

Off

The zones are defined relative to the full scan width.

Tracks Product

The zones are defined relative to the tracked hot product.

Units

The zones can be defined in either percentages or the measurement units of the system.

Reference

Each zone can be defined relative to a reference position. The reference options are "Start, Center or End". Percentage zones are always referenced to the start of the hot product or the start of the scan width. If track product is enabled, the reference positions apply to the hot product and if the track product is disabled, the reference positions apply to the full scan angle.

Page 176: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

166 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Start and End

This defines the size and position of each zone. The values must be specified in the units selected for each respective channel.

How the zones are configured using Percentage units

When defining a zone using percentage units and product tracking is enabled, then 0% to 100% would represent the width of the hot product as identified using the hot edge detection algorithm. This method would be used for a zone across the product width which may be varying or where the product moves about within the scanner field of view whilst being processed.

0% is the start reference point and 100% is the end reference point. Thus 50% represents the center of the hot product or the center of the scan width. Percentage defined zones can be specified to 0.1% allowing a resolution down to 1 sample.

Page 177: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 167

How the zones are configured using Distance units

This defines the size and position of each zone as an absolute measurement in mm or inches. When defining a zone using specific units of measurement either millimeters or inches, then two forms of data can be obtained: product related or process related.

If the product tracking is disabled, then the zone reference allows a zone to be fixed with respect to the process, for example yielding data from an area cooled by a fixed position vent.

If the product tracking is enabled, then the zone reference allows a zone to be fixed with respect to the product, for example, yielding data from an area adjacent to each hot edge.

The range of a zone, which starts at a reference point, will have one value of 0 and the zone size will be determined by the second value. A zone in proximity to a start or end point reference point will have two values describing the zone start and zone end positions. A zone referenced to the center has one value describing the zone size symmetrically about the center of the product or process.

When measuring in mm/inches the range is detailed in mm/inches (depending of the locale settings) but will be dependent upon the tilt angle of the scanner and the distance from the scanner to the target as setup in the Line Scanner menu. See the example below where the scan angle corresponds to an absolute width of 1500mm, hot edges have been detected at -20° and 16°, the center of the product is at 2° and units have been set to mm.

Page 178: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

168 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Processing

The processing is performed for each line scanned; the processing for each zone can be independently set:

Off

No output. If you have cooling rate calculations enabled and the zones are off then no cooling rate calculations are performed.

Minimum

Finds the minimum temperature of all the samples within the zone.

Average

Calculates the average of the samples within the zone.

Page 179: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 169

Peak

Finds the maximum temperature value of all the samples within the zone.

Quantile

This function performs a peak sample rejection algorithm to remove unwanted samples from the zone value. Firstly the samples from the zone are sorted into order of temperature values. These samples are then converted to a percentage value 0% to 100% where 0% represents the sample value at 0% of the samples and 100% represents the value at 100% of the samples.

Any samples above the required percentage of the total number of zone samples are rejected. The required percentage of the total number of zone samples is entered using the Quantile/Avg Threshold Value input field.

Page 180: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

170 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Average Threshold

The Average Threshold function performs a similar function to the standard average function with the addition of the ability to define a threshold level for the calculation. The minimum and maximum temperature value in the zone is used to create a percentage index representing the threshold temperature. Only values that are above the threshold value are included in the average calculations.

Page 181: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 171

The zone output depends on the processed function of the scanned line shown according to width of the zone set.

For zones that overlap the edges of the hot product, the zone statistics are derived from the hot product portion of the data only.

Zone Results Processing

This function is used to generate statistical information from a defined length of the Local Zone.

Offset from Start

This defines the position of the processed area relative to the length of the product.

Start

The start position in mm.

The start of the product is 0mm

End

The end position in mm.

The start of the product is 0mm

Length Deviation

Page 182: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

172 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Value

Used in Length Deviation Processing

Processing

The type of processing performed.

Off

Zone Result Processing disabled.

Std. Stats

The following common statistical functions are performed:

Minimum

Maximum

Average

Standard Deviation

Length Deviation

This requires the Length Deviation Value to be specified, after which the following formula will be applied to the Local Zone.

( )

gthocessedLenationValueLengthDeviLocalZoneLocalZone

ationLengthDevi AverageMaximum

Pr−−

=

Page 183: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 173

Local Profile Processing

This dialog configures the Local Profile Processing, it allows the user to display up to 14 Temperature Profiles configured at pre-determined points along the length of the product. It could be considered as a Local Zone measured across the width of the product.

The Local Zones are configured along the length of the product and are measured across the width of the product.

The Local Profile Processing is used in conjunction with the Local Profile Display.

Station

This selects the Line scanner Measurement station location.

Each of the stations has 14 unique Local Profiles.

Page 184: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

174 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

The configuration of each zone is performed on an individual dialog, to edit the parameters of a zone, single click the mouse on a parameter of that zone.

Individual Local Profile Configuration

Page 185: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 175

Profile Configuration Label

This is a text label that can be applied to the profile; it is used by the system displays etc.

Longitudinal Settings

These settings are used to configure the position of the Local Profile along the length of the product and the processing applied to the selected length area.

Process.

The processing is performed for each sample point along the length of the product, e.g. the sample 1 of each scan line along the length of the Local Profile is processed together. The processing for each Local Profile can be independently set:

Off

Local Profile disabled.

Minimum

Finds the minimum temperature of all the samples within the selected length area.

Average

Calculates the average of the samples within the selected length area.

Peak

Finds the maximum temperature value of all the samples within the selected length area.

Offsets from start

These settings configure the position of the Local Profile along the length of the product. These are always defined in mm/inch (depending on the configured locale settings), referenced from the start of the product.

Start and End

This defines the size and position of each Local Profile.

Page 186: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

176 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Example:

A Local Profile configured with

Start = 1000mm

End = 1005mm

Would generate a 5mm Local Profile across the product starting 1000mm into the product.

Transversal Settings

These settings are used to configure the width settings of the Local Profile. It is possible to determine if the Local Profile is measured across the complete scan width or relative to the detected product.

Tracking

This option configures each Local Profile to either track with the hot product if enabled or align with the scanner field of view and thus the industrial process if disabled.

Off

The Local Profile is defined relative to the full scan width.

Tracks Product

The Local Profile is defined relative to the tracked hot product.

Page 187: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 177

Units

The zones can be defined in either percentages or the measurement units of the system.

Reference

Each zone can be defined relative to a reference position. The reference options are "Start, Center or End". Percentage zones are always referenced to the start of the hot product or the start of the scan width. If track product is enabled, the reference positions apply to the hot product and if the track product is disabled, the reference positions apply to the full scan angle.

Start and End

This defines the size and position of each zone. The values must be specified in the units selected for each respective channel.

How the zones are configured using Percentage units

When defining a zone using percentage units and product tracking is enabled, then 0% to 100% would represent the width of the hot product as identified using the hot edge detection algorithm.

Page 188: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

178 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

This method would be used for a zone across the product width which may be varying or where the product moves about within the scanner field of view whilst being processed.

0% is the start reference point and 100% is the end reference point. Thus 50% represents the center of the hot product or the center of the scan width. Percentage defined zones can be specified to 0.1% allowing a resolution down to 1 sample.

How the zones are configured using Distance units

This defines the size and position of each zone as an absolute measurement in mm or inches. When defining a zone using specific units of measurement either millimeters or inches, then two forms of data can be obtained: product related or process related.

Page 189: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 179

If the product tracking is disabled, then the zone reference allows a zone to be fixed with respect to the process, for example yielding data from an area cooled by a fixed position vent.

If the product tracking is enabled, then the zone reference allows a zone to be fixed with respect to the product, for example, yielding data from an area adjacent to each hot edge.

The range of a zone, which starts at a reference point, will have one value of 0 and the zone size will be determined by the second value. A zone in proximity to a start or end point reference point will have two values describing the zone start and zone end positions. A zone referenced to the center has one value describing the zone size symmetrically about the center of the product or process.

When measuring in mm/inches the range is detailed in mm/inches (depending on settings chosen) but will be dependent upon the tilt angle of the scanner and the distance from the scanner to the target as setup in the Line Scanner menu. See the example below where the scan angle corresponds to an absolute width of 1500mm, hot edges have been detected at -20° and 16°, the center of the product is at 2° and units have been set to mm.

Page 190: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

180 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Profile Processing

The type of processing performed.

Off

Profile Processing disabled.

Std. Statistics available

Minimum

Maximum

Average

Standard Deviation

Zone Stats Alarm This dialog allows the configuration of alarms based on processed statistical data.

Page 191: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 181

Station

This selects the Measurement station location of the Scanner and LPU/LSC

Archive On Alarm

When this option is checked any product which generates a Zone Statistical Alarm is automatically archived.

Label

This is a label that can be used by the displays, to identify the alarms.

Source

Processed

The alarm is generated based on the value of the Local Zone Length Deviation Processing.

Average Value

The alarm is generated based on the value of the Local Zone Standard Statistics Processing – Average Value.

Max Value

The alarm is generated based on the value of the Local Zone Standard Statistics Processing – Maximum Value.

Min Value

The alarm is generated based on the value of the Local Zone Standard Statistics Processing – Minimum Value.

Std. Deviation

The alarm is generated based on the value of the Local Zone Standard Statistics Processing – Standard Deviation Value.

Level

This value is the threshold level at which the alarm will activate.

Page 192: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

182 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Type

Select either Off, High or Low mode for the alarm condition to become active.

Off

The alarm is disabled

High

The alarm will activate when the corresponding statistically calculated zone temperature is higher than the temperature threshold level.

Low

The alarm will activate when the corresponding statistically calculated zone temperature is lower than the temperature threshold level.

Event Display

Each zone alarm can also generate an event message, which can be displayed in the Event Viewer.

Active

When this option is enabled the zone alarm will generate an event message.

Category

Each zone alarm can be assigned to a severity level, the available options are Event, Warning, Information, Diagnostic or Debug.

Page 193: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 183

Preprocess Mode

This dialog allows configuration of Pre-Processing on Product Data.

Station

This selects the Measurement station location of the Scanner and LPU/LSC.

PreProcess Mode

Off

Page 194: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

184 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Default Mode, no preprocessing applied

Reference Temperature

Reference Temperature

Channel

Zone

Max. Correction

Page 195: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Processing Menu • 185

User Digital Input Events

This dialog allows the configuration of user alarms which are triggered using the LSC Processor Digital Inputs. These alarms generate an event message, which can be displayed in the Event Viewer.

Station

This selects the Measurement station location of the Scanner and LPU/LSC.

Page 196: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

186 • Data Processing Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Alarm Enabled

When this option is selected the User Alarm is enabled.

Trailing Edge

Digital Input Channel

This entry selects the digital input channel to be assigned as the trigger for the User Defined Alarm.

Label

This is a text label that can be applied to the User Defined Alarm; it is used by the system displays etc.

Event Type

Each User Defined Alarm can be assigned to a severity level, the available options are Event, Warning, Information, Diagnostic or Debug.

Data Processing – Statistics (Alt-P and S)

Page 197: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 187

Data Processing - PPProcessing

Display Menu

Display Menu Descriptions The following describes how to access these menu options from the display menu. However if a displays already exists then it is possible to right click with the mouse over a particular display and access these options as well.

New Display (Alt-D and N) When this option is selected the New View dialog is displayed.

Page 198: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

188 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

From this select New and press the OK button. The Data Source Properties dialog is displayed.

Page 199: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 189

The user should then select the measurement station number required and the Real Time Scanner mode. Press the OK button. This will display the Display Properties dialog box. Press OK.

Page 200: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

190 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

A profile display will now be shown. This is a real time display from the scanner and all data is displayed regardless of whether a product is in view. When a product is detected by the system this will be displayed on the profile display. The fact that the product is live is displayed in the title bar for the window.

In addition to the profile display there are a number of other Display Types available.

Page 201: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 191

Color Palettes ……General Colors

Page 202: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

192 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Map Over Range

Plotted color for Map and 3D displays over range.

Map Under Range

Plotted color for Map and 3D displays under range.

Background

General background color for the display areas.

Profile Envelope

Color of the Profile Envelope.

Single Trace

Color of displays with a single trace for example the profile.

Profile

Color of the Profile.

Set Default Colors

Sets all the colors in the dialog to the factory defaults.

Page 203: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 193

Absolut(e) Colors

Page 204: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

194 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Changing both the colors and the relative set points can customize the color bar. The system will automatically blend the colors between the user defined set points.

Clicking on the color activates a color edit dialog.

Top Temperature

Top of range color

Intermediate points

Both the relative percentage position and the colors can be changed.

Bottom Temperature

Bottom of range color.

Set Default Colors

Sets all the colors in the dialog to the factory defaults, different pre-set palettes are available in the drop down list.

Page 205: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 195

Map Relative Colors

Page 206: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

196 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Changing the colors can customize the color bar. The system will automatically blend the colors between the user-defined set points.

Clicking on the color activates a color edit dialog.

Top Temperature

Top of range color

Above Tolerance

Color representing an out of tolerance above range temperature.

In Tolerance

Color representing a temperature within the tolerance band.

Below Tolerance

Color representing an out of tolerance below range temperature.

Bottom Temperature

Bottom of range color.

Set Default Colors

Sets all the colors in the dialog to the factory defaults, different pre-set palettes are available in the drop down list.

Page 207: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 197

Zone Color Key

Page 208: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

198 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

These are the individual colors of the zones, analog inputs and digital inputs.

Clicking on the color activates a color edit dialog.

Set Default Colors

Sets all the colors in the dialog to the factory defaults.

Page 209: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 199

Configuration (Alt-D and C)

Orientation

Page 210: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

200 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

This is a global setting for all the displays, to orientate the data in a particular direction, so the Landscan displays follow the same orientation as other display systems.

Along the product

This controls the direction the product moves across the screen. In a control room situation this would be changed, so that the product moves across the screen in the same direction as the product moves past the control room window.

Across the product

This defines the default left and right positions of the displays.

Change Display Orientation on Reverse Product

When this option is selected the orientation of the display is changed to match the apparent direction of the product movement.

Page 211: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 201

Defaults

This is a global setting for all the displays configured for the measurement station.

Page 212: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

202 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Station

This selects the measurement station

X Axis

This defines the default size of the display longitudinal axis that appears in the change View dialogue. The size can be further manually adjusted, from within that dialogue.

Page 213: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 203

Cooling

This function is only applicable to systems that have 2 or more scanners connected.

The cooling rate calculations are performed on configured zones. If the zones are not configured then cooling rate calculations are not made. To help configure the zone model required review Data Processing - Control Zones.

Page 214: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

204 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

This dialogue is used to configure the cooling rate calculations for each zone between the scanners. The required scanners are entered in the Station and From Station fields. Having selected the required scanners the cooling rate calculations are configured on a PER ZONE BASIS.

For any zone calculation it is possible to specify :

Under Cooled

The value in the selected units, which specifies the minimum acceptable cooling rate. When displaying the calculations if this limit is reached then the display indicator goes red.

Target Cooling

The value in the selected units, which specifies the target-cooling rate. When displaying the calculations if result is within the Under and Over limit then the display indicator is green.

Over Cooled

The value in the selected units, which specifies the maximum acceptable cooling, rate. When displaying the calculations if this limit is breached then the display indicator is red.

The cooling rate calculations can either be in Degrees / Second or Degrees / Minute. The values you enter for each zone are modified automatically to the correct rate units.

Trace Colors

Page 215: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 205

Display Properties

Page 216: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

206 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Page 217: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 207

This dialog defines the particular display to be used and the appearance of that display.

Display Title

This label is used at the top of the displayed view.

Colored Plot

When this option is selected the profile display is colored using a color scale the same as the temperature map.

Reverse Width Orientation

Reverses the scan line direction on the monitor.

Overwrite mode

This is only available with the profile display, and leaves all the old profile traces on the screen. This can give you a good measure of temperature profile variance over time.

Show Full Width

If this option is enabled the full scanner scan angle will fit the display, if this option is disabled the “Show Product from” x to y is displayed. This defines the limits of scan angle displayed. By setting values within these limits, it is possible to zoom in on any particular section of the scan.

If the units of measurement are mm or inches then the values will refer to the distance relative to the center line which is zero.

Center Product

If this option is enabled the center of the product which is defined as the mid point of the hot edges will be aligned to the '0' degrees position on the displays. This is useful if the product is moving about in the scanners field of view, since it can remove lateral movement on the display. See Product Determination.

Display Type

See Display Types for a list of available display types and descriptions

Page 218: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

208 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Font Size

The sizes of fonts are available, for the text of the view.

Show Grid lines

Available for some displays, this will plot grid lines over the display.

Update Display every n lines

This will reduce the number of display updates, for machines with less processing power. On applications that only have small products, for example automotive windscreens, the clarity of data displayed is greatly affected by this setting.

Auto configure

None

This scales the display to the values entered on this dialog box.

From PDI Information

If set the system will look at any incoming communications PDI messages, and will re-scale the temperature and distance scales to fit the data in the PDI message, if it is available. This allows the system displays to be automatically updated to suit the temperature of the product currently being produced.

From Data

This function can only be used on displays showing the whole product (Auto Size Display option set on Change Data Source dialog).

This scales the temperature range of the display to the maximum and minimum temperature values of the actual data.

Scales

This option allows the user to configure the position of the scales, these can be displayed on the:

Left

Right

Or Both sides

Page 219: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 209

Maximum Temperature and Minimum Temperature

Maximum Temperature defines the temperature at the top of the vertical axis. Minimum Temperature defines the temperature at the bottom.

The max and min temperature values can be chosen to suit the temperature range of the particular scanner, or they can be set to define a narrow range to reveal details of interest in a particular temperature band.

Print at end of product

This produces a print out of the current product when it is completed. This is only available when the display shows the whole product (Select the Auto Size Display option on the Change Data Source dialog box).

Data Source Properties This dialog provides access to all the various forms of data within the system.

Live scan line data passes into the system from the LPU/LSC processors at each measurement station, this continuous data stream is then segmented into products by the Product Detection function. This data is then stored in a short term RAM cache, where it is made available for the system. For medium term storage the data can be passed to a large database on disk and for permanent records the data can then be moved to an Archive, which may be a tape. All this stored data is then available to the user interface, data is found through the use of a Product Locator, which can use Query requests to help find the information.

Measurement Station

This narrows the focus of the data to a particular scanner position.

Page 220: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

210 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Data Source

This selects the source type of data as either:

Page 221: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 211

Real Time Scanner

This data source is live data direct from the scanner; this is a camera view where the data may comprise of products and gaps. Everything including the gaps will be seen on the displays. With this selection any displays will continuously display the real time scanner data.

Real Time Multi Scanner

This data source is live data direct from multiple scanners; this is a camera view where the data may comprise of products and gaps. Everything including the gaps will be seen on the displays.

Real Time Product

This data source is product data, (i.e. No gaps) that is currently under the scanner. With this selection the displays will display every new product as it arrives, ignoring all the gap data.

Database

This data source allows individual products to be accessed from the database.

Archive

This data source allows individual products to be accessed from the archive. This is the long-term data store, which may take the form of a tape and hence be quite slow.

Auto Size Display

This feature will auto-fit the display longitudinal axis to fit the product length, regardless of its length.

Process one line in n

For machines with limited processing capabilities this option will reduce the workload, by not passing every scan line, but every nth scan. This is useful for reducing the network traffic to Client Displays.

Page 222: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

212 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Lag Latest Product by n

This feature permits you to show real time product displays of the current product (set to 0) and the previous product (set to 1), or the one before that (set to 2). All three displays will be updated continuously as new products arrive.

Global

This feature enables a number of data sources to be made global and allows multiple displays to be updated simultaneously using a single command.

Data Type

This defines the type of data as either

Product Data

Selecting this option displays the available product data. The source of this data is selected in the Data Source section.

Product Statistics

Product statistical data is data that has been generated on the whole product data. Selecting this option will provide access to the stored statistical data.

Product Selection

This function allows the user to search for particular products in the database or the archive.

Show All Stored Products

This option displays all the stored products in the database or the archive.

Reduce products by Date/Time OR Name Selection

This option allows the user to enter either:

Name

Searches for product names containing the specified search text.

Data and Time

Searches for products before of after the specified date.

Reduce products by multiple Date/Time and Name Selection

This option allows the user to enter both a name and time/date and refines the further.

Page 223: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 213

Advanced

This option allows the user to specify SQL Commands using the SQL Syntax for Microsoft Access ® Databases.

For ease of use it is recommended to select first the “Reduce products by Date/Time OR Name Selection” then select the Advanced option. This will cause the Landscan WCA software to automatically generate the fixed SQL statement for the ORDER BY field. It is also possible to copy directly the following statement into this field.

[TimeEnd],[ProdNo],[MillStation],[ProductType],[ProductPass]

The search parameters must always be in square brackets [ ], examples of searchable fields can be found below. When specifying the WHERE field it is vitally IMPORTANT to add a statement to select only products from the current station. This should be of the form

AND [MillStation] = x

Where x = (station number – 1)

When the OK button is selected the search is automatically performed and the result displayed in the select database product field.

Page 224: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

214 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Example 1:

To search for Products having a width between 3250mm and 3300mm, at station 1, the following SQL String should be used for the WHERE field:

[Width] < 3300 AND [Width] >=3250 AND [MillStation] = 0

Example 2:

To search for Products created before 15:05:35 on 10 October 2005 with a length less than 15000mm at station 2, the following SQL String should be used for the WHERE field:

[TimeEnd] <= #10/10/2005 15:05:35# AND [Length] < 15000 AND [MillStation] = 1

Examples of searchable fields:

Product Name [ProdName] Product Start Time [TimeStart] Product End Time [TimeEnd] Product Length [Length] Product Width [Width] Pass Number [ProductPass]

Examples of logical operators:

AND OR LIKE

Select Database Product

This lists the stored products that have met the criteria specified to the Product Locator. The list may take a little time to build if the database or archive is on another networked computer. The Refresh button will update the list.

If reversed product passes are available then there will be a [+] next to the product name, pressing this will list all the pass data that is available.

Page 225: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 215

Reference Archive Product

Any product selected for display can have its thermal data compared to a reference product and the results displayed. This is achieved by configuring the following part of this dialog.

Check the box titled “Compare with reference product”; this gives a list of available reference products.

Page 226: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

216 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

It is IMPORTANT to understand the distinction of a reference product. This is a product that has been archived into long term storage.

Having selected a reference product this may be changed by using the Select button on the dialog.

You can alter the temperature above which comparisons are made by changing the Threshold Temperature field.

Combined Data Source It is possible to select multiple stations to be combined together; this could be used if multiple Landscan heads are placed across the product to give complete coverage. It is possible to select any number of stations below the current station.

Example:

If Station 3 is selected as the combined sources station, then it is possible to combine it with Stations 1 & 2, but not Station 4.

When Combinierte Quelle is checked the select sources dialogue is opened, this is where the stations to be combined are selected. The following options are available for the combined data station:

Don’t Normalize

Normalize Line Tracking

Normalize Measured Length

Normalize Configured Length

Select Configuration

As with any data source it is possible to configure Zones & Input Channels for a Combined Data Source. These are mapped from the physical data sources that are used to make up the Combined Data Source. The zones and input channels should be configured on the individual data sources using the Control Zone, Local Zone, Analog Input and Digital Input dialogues. The Multiple Configuration dialogue is then used to map the physical zones and input channels to the zones and channels of the Combined Data Source. If a zone profile display is created for a Combined Data Source it will show the mapped zones from the physical data sources.

Page 227: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 217

Configure Line Data

It is possible to configure the 1000 samples of the scan line from each of the physical stations into the scan line of the Combined Data Source.

Left Sample Range

This is the scan line of the physical station (1-1000 sample represents the complete scan line).

Right Sample Range

This is the scan line of the combined data source (1-1000 samples represents the complete scan line).

Reduction Processing:

This option selects how the reduction from 1000 samples to the required number of samples. The available options are:

None

Average

Maximum

Minimum

Overlap Area Processing:

If the physical scan lines are configured overlapping into the combined data source scan line this option selects the processing applied to the overlapping section. This can be used to overcome small calibration differences in Landscan heads. The available options are:

Average

Minimum

Maximum

Example:

Three stations (Stand 1, Stand 2 and Stand 3) configured as a Combined Data Source (Stand 3).

Page 228: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

218 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

For each station the complete scan line (1-1000 samples) is mapped as 400 samples in the combined data source.

The reduction is configured to average the samples to generate the 400 sample points.

The overlap areas (A & B) are configured to be an average of the overlapping values.

Page 229: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 219

Archive Product

Page 230: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

220 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Display Types

Profile Display This plots a simple line plot of the scan line of temperature Vs scan width. The current product length is also included on the display. The Overwrite mode is available with this display. An example of a profile display is: -

The background and trace color is modified using the general colors palette.

Map Display

There are two modes of operation of the map display Relative and Absolute modes; the type of mode defines how the colors will be displayed. Color palettes are available for each individual mode.

Page 231: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 221

Absolute Mode

The Map mode displays the temperature samples in a scan as points of color arranged in a vertical line. A scale on the side of the map defines the temperature ranges represented by each color. The horizontal scale of the map display is graduated to indicate the distance or time of the lines displayed within a set column width.

Relative Mode

A center Target Temperature and the Tolerance band of values around that point are displayed in a pre-defined color. Values below the range are shown in cool colors (in the default), those above in warm colors (default). The relative mode is valuable to show the proportion of a target within a particular temperature band.

An example of a Map display:

Page 232: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

222 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Control Zone Profile This plots the control zones along a time axis, against a temperature vertical axis.

The individual trace colors are modified using the color key palette.

Page 233: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 223

Local Zone Profile This plots the Local Zones along a time axis, against a temperature vertical axis.

The individual trace colors are modified using the color key palette.

Page 234: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

224 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

3D Map This display is very similar to the Map except that the temperature values as well as having color are drawn with height. The effect is an isothermic surface color plot. All the options available for the Map are available for this display.

Page 235: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 225

Zones & Alarms This is a tabular display of the control zones, local zones and alarm status.

LPU/LSC Inputs This is a tabular display of the status of each Analog and Digital Input to the selected LPU/LSC Processor.

IMAGE REQUIRED

Page 236: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

226 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Product Information This lists the product name, data, time and the data from the PDI message (if available). The PDI data is only updated if the user has configured the naming of the product from PDI messages, in the Product Configuration option.

Page 237: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 227

Cursor Data All the cursor data is displayed by color key. The Cursor Display are often used in conjunction with other displays to indicate the cursor position.

Page 238: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

228 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Alarm Outputs The current status of the alarms is displayed in a Red/Green - On/Off readout.

Page 239: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 229

Analog Inputs The current status of each of the analog inputs is plotted along a time axis, against a user defined vertical axis.

This example shows an analog speed input scaled for from -2500mm/sec to 2500mm/sec.

Digital Inputs The current status of each of the digital inputs is plotted along a time axis, against a user defined vertical axis.

Page 240: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

230 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Envelope Profile This plots the maximum and minimum temperature range of every sample in the scan line.

The colors can be altered using the general colors palette.

Product Width The width of the product as measured between the hot edges is displayed against time. The Product determination, dialog items must be configured to locate the edges.

Page 241: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 231

Product Walk The movement of the product from the centerline of the scanner is displayed against time. The Product determination, dialogue items must be configured to locate the edges.

Data Diagnostics This is a Diagnostics tool for Land Engineers.

Page 242: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

232 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Delayed Profile

Longitudinal Profile This is a profile display along the length of the product as opposed to across the scan angle. The position of the cursor on a map display is used to select the position of the longitudinal profile in the width direction.

Page 243: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 233

Vertical Map This is similar to the standard map display; however it is rotated with scan angle on the x-axis and distance/time on the y-axis.

Page 244: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

234 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Statistical Distribution The Statistical Distribution performs a Gauss Curve function on the temperature data of the selected Data Source. The function is performed on all the temperature points within the detected product of the Data Source unless another display (e.g. map) is zoomed onto the Data Source then the function is performed on only the zoomed area.

Page 245: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 235

Local Profile The Local Profile displays the profiles configured within the Data Processing – Local Processing - Local Profile Processing function. It should be used for Real Time Product, Database and Archive Data Sources. The Select Traces option on the Display Properties dialog can be used to enable/disable the display of each Local Profile.

Page 246: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

236 • Display Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Area Cursor Data The Area Cursor Data Display is used to display information from each Area Cursor configured on a Map Display linked to the same Data Source.

Page 247: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Display Menu • 237

Point Cursor Data The Point Cursor Data Display is used to display information from each Point Cursor configured on a Map Display linked to the same Data Source.

Page 248: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

238 • Storage Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Storage Menu

Storage – Management (Alt-S and M)

The system database holds the most recent product data, by following the rules defined below. A product wrapping mechanism is employed to manage the data, a FIFO (First In/First Out) method is used so that the oldest data is removed from the database. In this way several days or weeks of data can be made available (depending upon the storage rate and disk drive capacity). Products are added to the database until it reaches the capacity defined and then the oldest product is removed from the database to make room for the new product.

Page 249: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) • 239

General

Page 250: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

240 • Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Individual modes of storage can be configured on a measurement station basis.

System Storage Enabled

This activates storage for all of the enabled measurement stations.

When the database size becomes:

This option allows the user to configure the amount of space the database is allowed to use. The size can be defined in terms of:

% of the disk capacity

the number of products

the age of the data.

If the database begins to exceed 90% of the disk capacity then the system will over rule the users rules and begin to remove data from the database.

If the disk capacity is already exceeded when storage is started for the first time then no files are stored.

Take the following action with the oldest products:

Delete the oldest products

When this option is selected all old data will be deleted from the database when the limit of the database size is reached and it wraps

Archive oldest products then delete from Database

When this option is selected the old data will be copied to the archive prior to being deleting from the database.

Page 251: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) • 241

Archive products direct Delete Oldest Product

When this option is selected all new products are copied immediately to the archive when they are stored. The oldest products will be deleted from the database when the limit of the database size is reached and it wraps.

Some files ( approximately 40 need to be in the database before this function will start)

Storage Location

It is possible to configure as many hard disk drives as physically present within the Data Server to hold the database.

Store To

Primary & Secondary Drive

The database spans both the Primary and Secondary drives.

Primary Drive Only

The database is stored on the Primary Drive only

Primary to Secondary Drive

The database is stored on all drives mapped to letters between the configured default and secondary drives

For Example

Default Drive = P

Secondary Drive = R

Database stored on drives P, Q and R

Secondary Drive Only

The database is stored on the Secondary Drive only

Default Drive

Specifies the drive letter to be used for the database, the drive must be a valid drive on the computer.

Page 252: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

242 • Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Secondary Drive

Specifies the secondary drive letter to be used for the database, the drive must be a valid drive on the computer.

Path

Defines the path to the database, this must be the same for both drives when spanning two drives.

The path must always start with a leading '\'.

It is IMPORTANT to note that for data to be stored for a particular measurement station both System and Station Storage MUST be enabled.

Page 253: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) • 243

Station

Page 254: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

244 • Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

The rules of storage for each measurement station can be configured independently.

Station Number

Selects then measurement station

Storage Enabled

Activates the storage mode selected. It is necessary for both this enable and System Storage Enable on the Storage - Management menu and the General Tab to be checked for storage to be enabled.

Storage mode

Various modes of storage control are available:

Store Products

When enabled all product data that passes into the system will be stored.

Rules:

The Product dialog settings for product determination will decide how the product is defined, whether by hot edge detection, communications messages, digital input command or timed.

On key press (F3)

Storage can be started and stopped at any time by pressing the Storage key F3.

Rules:

When activated Storage will begin with the current product under the scanner or the next product to arrive. If switched off while the product remains under the scanner, the product record is closed.

On Digital Input Command at this LPU/LSC

Storage can be started and stopped at any time by inputting a digital input signal at the designated channel. Either a 5V or a closed contact will activate storage.

Rules:

When activated Storage will begin with the current product under the scanner or the next product to arrive. If switched off while the product remains under the scanner, the product record is closed.

Page 255: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) • 245

On communications message

Storage can be started and stopped at any time by a communications message from a remote computer. Refer to the communications section for more details.

Rules:

When activated Storage will begin with the current product under the scanner or the next product to arrive. If switched off while the product remains under the scanner, the product record is closed.

Storage Data reduction

The quantity of data generated by the system can be immense when running with several scanners at the maximum scanner speed. In order that data over a longer period of time can be made available in the database, the quantity of data stored can be reduced.

Reduction Mode

This feature allows the selective reduction in data stored by a combination of pass reduction, line reduction, sample and system configuration reduction. The selected reduction can be either of these options or a combination.

Pass Reduction

For products, which reverse, the user can choose to ignore either all forward or all reverse passes.

Line Reduction

The user can reduce the number of scan lines to either: -

Every X Lines.

Every X Seconds.

Every X Meters.

Caution should be used if using Seconds or Meters that the reduction is not such that no data is stored.

DO NOT STORE System Configuration in Data Files

Check the box titled "DO NOT STORE System Configuration in Data Files" to omit the system configuration data from each stored file. This reduces the size of each file by approximately 412Kbytes.

Page 256: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

246 • Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Sample Reduction

The data can be reduced to one in every X samples in a scan line OR to all samples between two sample positions. The one in every X samples is configured on this dialog where as the Advanced option from the Configure menu allows configuration of the sample position limits.

If the user has chosen to reduce the number of samples stored in the Advanced menu then this overrides any sample reduction configured in this menu.

A summary of the selected storage reduction is given at the foot of the dialog box.

Page 257: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) • 247

Statistics and Maintenance

Page 258: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

248 • Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Statistics The statistics selection of this dialog is used to configure the storage of statistical products.

Enable Statistics Storage

When this option is checked the storage of statistical products is enabled.

Delete the statistics when the database size becomes:

This option allows the user to define the size of the database in terms:

% of disk capacity

the age of the data.

If the database begins to exceed 90% of the disk capacity then the system will over rule the users rules and begin to remove data from the database.

The statistics database is stored in the location configured as the system storage database. A summary of this location is indicated on the dialog.

Maintenance Caution should be used when attempting to use this function. If unsure then contact Land for assistance.

This allows the user to generate or rebuild the catalogue of stored files for either the database or archive. In either case the ProductInfo.mdb file (which is the file used to catalogue the database) is generated or rebuilt.

If default settings are being used then for the Database the following database file is generated or rebuilt.

\LandscanDatabase\productInfo.mdb.

For the archive process the following file is generated or rebuilt.

\LandscanArchive\productinfo.mdb.

Page 259: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) • 249

To rebuild either database you must disable both Database and Archive storage. Then select the button to disconnect and then refresh the database. For large databases and archives this rebuild will take some time and it is not recommended that it be performed during intensive system processing. The user should view this as a maintenance task.

If a new location has been specified for the databases it is necessary to generate a new database.

Page 260: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

250 • Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Historical Database Settings

Help is not currently implemented for this feature.

Page 261: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) • 251

Import/Export Data Files Because the directory structure, created when products are stored by the Landscan WCA software, is unique; a separate function is given to allow easier importing and exporting of files from/to the Landscan software.

To use this function both the Archive and Storage functions should be disabled.

To Export files from the Database

Use this function to copy files from the storage directory structure to another directory, drive and/or computer.

Having selected the function the list of directories created by the Landscan WCA storage functions are displayed.

Page 262: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

252 • Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

When one of the directories is selected from the list, the user is presented with a list of files to select for export.

Once the user has selected one or more files, the user should then click the Select Destination to export these files to. Select a directory from the list provided.

Page 263: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) • 253

When the desired selections have been made, the user should press the Copy Files button. Status information is provided as the files are copied.

To Import file to the Archive

Use this function to import files into the correct directory structure for the Landscan WCA software. The user should select the correct function depending on whether the files to be imported are from a previous version of Landscan for Windows NT, Landscan WCA or Landscan Linescanner DOS software.

Page 264: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

254 • Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

When older Landscan NT files are imported all files are copied into the \ImportFiles directory. When older Landscan DOS files are imported they are copied into the \LandscanDOS directory.

The process of importing files is the same for each option. When the function is selected a list of directories is displayed to allow the user to select the files to be imported.

Having selected the directory the list of Landscan data files within that directory is displayed.

Having selected the files press the Copy Files button to import the files into the Landscan WCA directory structure. Status information is provided as the files are copied.

Page 265: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) • 255

If the option, “Automatically update the system after file(s) copy” is selected the archive catalogue is automatically updated. Otherwise the user will be required to rebuild the Archive catalogue of files to include these new ones (any conversion from previous versions of Landscan software is also performed at this time). Select the maintenance option on the Statistics and Maintenance menu to rebuild the archive catalogue.

ASCII Export Settings

This dialogue is used to configure the ASCII Export Settings.

Page 266: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

256 • Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Global Settings

These settings are used to configure the storage location settings for all exported ASCII files.

Export Enabled

When this option is checked the facility to export ASCII Date Files within Landscan WCA is enabled.

Export Path

When ASCII Export is disabled it is possible to select the storage location of the exported files.

Station Export Management

For each individual station it is possible to independently enable and configure the ASCII export settings.

Station Export Enabled

When this option is checked the Image Export for the selected station is enabled. The storage location is the same as the global settings.

Export Global Data

These options are used to configure the additional data exported with the product data.

Header Information

Standard PDI Information

Trailer Information

Trailer Statistic

Export Data Reduction

Line Reduction

The user can reduce the number of scan lines to either: -

Every X Lines.

Every X Seconds.

Every X Meters.

Caution should be used if using Seconds or Meters that the reduction is not such that no data is exported.

Sample Reduction Mode

The data can be reduced to one in every X samples in a scan line OR to all samples between two sample positions.

A summary of the currently selected options is displayed at the bottom of the dialog.

Page 267: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) • 257

Image Settings

This dialogue is used to configure the Image Export Settings.

Page 268: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

258 • Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Global Settings

These settings are used to configure the export of the entire window image and the storage location settings for all exported images.

Image Export Enabled

When this option is checked the facility to export images within Landscan WCA is enabled.

Image Export Path

When Image Export is disabled it is possible to select the storage location of the exported images.

Station Image Export Management

For each individual station it is possible to independently enable and configure the image export settings.

Station Image Export Enabled

When this option is checked the Image Export for the selected station is enabled. The storage location is the same as the global settings.

Image Format

Using these options the user is able to choose the type of image file for the exported image.

To perform an export of an image the icons on the storage toolbar are used.

Page 269: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Storage – Management (Alt-S and M) • 259

Purge Storage (Alt-S and P)

This dialog displays a list of products stored within the database. To purge files from the storage the user selects a product from the list. It is possible to select multiple files using the standard Windows Ctrl and Shift Commands.

When a product is selected for purging (by selecting and pressing the OK button) all data for that product stored at all measurement stations is deleted. This includes products that have been measured moving in different directions.

As with the Data Source selection dialog the user can reduce the number of displayed products by using the selection options.

Page 270: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

260 • Archive Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Archive Menu

Archive – Archive Products (Alt-A and A)

This option allows the user to manual archive products.

Page 271: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Archive Menu • 261

This displays any stored products, which are available for archiving. Select a product from the list, using the scroll bar and the More button to view all the available products. You can select one product or a selection of products.

When a product is selected for archiving (by selecting and pressing the OK button) all data for that product stored at all measurement stations is archived. This includes products that have been measured moving in different directions.

The Archiver will archive data until 95% of the drive capacity is reached. At that limit the Archiver will stop archiving until disk space is freed.

As with the Data Source Properties dialogue the user can reduce the number of displayed products by using the selection options.

Archive –Configuration (Alt-A and C) The Archive function is to allow the continued storage of products after the main storage database drive has become full or reached its size limit. Any products which have been archived are still available to be viewed within Landscan WCA.

This allows the user to change the drive and main path that archived files are stored to.

Page 272: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

262 • Archive Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Archive Enabled

When this option is selected the Archiving function is enabled. The archiving is used in conjunction with the Storage function.

Page 273: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Archive Menu • 263

Archive Controls

Archive Drive

This is used to select the hard disk drive on which archived products will be stored. The drive must be a valid drive on the computer. It is recommended that to achieve the highest storage capacity, the Archive and Database are stored to different drives. If the Archive and Database use the same drive then storage limits are restricted.

Path

The main path is the subfolder on the archive drive in which the archive products will be stored. The main path must be less than 25 characters in length.

The main path must always start with a leading '\'.

If a user has files created using the Landscan DOS software it is possible to import these files into Landscan WCA by placing the files in the LandscanDOS subfolder of the LandscanArchive.

File Types

Allows the user to select the type of files to be stored within the archive

Local Archive Shared Drive

Page 274: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

264 • Archive Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Archive – Purge Archive (Alt-A and P)

This dialog displays a list of products stored within the archive. To purge files from the archive the user selects a product from the list. It is possible to select multiple files using the standard Windows Ctrl and Shift Commands.

When a product is selected for purging (by selecting and pressing the OK button) all data for that product stored at all measurement stations is deleted. This includes products that have been measured moving in different directions.

As with the Data Source Properties dialogue the user can reduce the number of displayed products by using the selection options.

Page 275: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Archive Menu • 265

Diagnostics Menu

Diagnostics – Event Log (Alt-G and E)

Viewer Options

These parameters control the system event logging facility, which records alarm events, faults and major system events.

Page 276: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

266 • Archive Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Automate Event Viewer Reporting

The user can configure the event viewer to automatically be displayed when a new message is received. This does not prevent messages of different categories from being displayed in the event viewer it only controls the automatic display of the event viewer window.

The user configures the category of event message, which will cause this to happen, this is in accordance with the following table.

Type Description (Please read additional note).

Function Disabled The event viewer will be automatically displayed.

Events Only Messages of category Event will cause the event viewer to be automatically displayed.

Events and Warnings Messages of category Event and Warning will cause the event viewer to be automatically displayed.

Events, Warnings and Information

Messages of category Event, Warning and Information will cause the event viewer to be automatically displayed.

Diagnostic and Above Messages of category Event, Warning, Information and Diagnostic will cause the event viewer to be automatically displayed.

Status and Above All messages will cause the event viewer to be automatically displayed.

Additional Note

When the user has selected to automatically display the event viewer for messages of a particular category, the function must be additionally enabled on the event viewer window itself.

On the event viewer window check the Enable Auto Alert box to enable the automatic display of the window for the appropriate message category.

In addition to automatically displaying the event viewer window you can flash the window title bar and/or sound the computers beeper.

Flash event window when automatically displayed

When this option is enabled the Event Viewer Window will flash when it is automatically displayed.

Sound computer Beeper when automatically displayed

When this option is enabled the Computer will bleep when the Event Viewer is automatically displayed. When this option is enabled a further dialogue is displayed allowing the user to select an audible frequency at which the computer will bleep.

Page 277: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Archive Menu • 267

Change Viewer Output

This controls the amount of information displayed in the event viewer. There are three different options.

Minimum

This displays the minimum of information about the message generated. This is the category, type, date, time, unique event number and the comment associated with it.

Maximum

This displays the maximum of information about the message generated. This is all the MINIMUM information and the additional parameters, computer name where the message was generated, stream number and frequency it has been generated.

Maximum and Source

This displays the maximum information about the message generated and the line in the source code where the event was generated. (This information is intended for LAND engineers when diagnosing problems).

A summary of each of the event viewer columns is:

Column Name Data Contents

Category This is the category of message. (Event, Warning, Information, Diagnostic, Debug).

Type This is the type of message.

Date This is the date the message was generated.

Time This is the time the message was generated.

Event ID This is the unique number for this event.

Comment This is the basic comment used to describe the action, which caused this message.

P1 Is an additional data parameter, which is stored at the time of message creation. This provides additional information for understanding and diagnosis. The Comment field may reference a value in P1; it is referring to this value.

P2 Is an additional data parameter, which is stored at the time of message creation. This provides additional information for understanding and diagnosis. The Comment field may reference a value in P2; it is referring to this value.

P3 Is an additional data parameter, which is stored at the time of message creation. This provides additional information for understanding and diagnosis.

Page 278: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

268 • Archive Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

The Comment field may reference a value in P3; it is referring to this value.

Computer Because the Landscan System can be comprised of several computers this gives the name of the computer that originated the message.

Stream No. This represents the LPU/LSC link that generated the message. The same message can be generated for each LPU/LSC unit connected; this is used to differentiate which link it was. If the value is 0 then it can be ignored. The first LPU/LSC gives a Stream No. of 1.

Frequency This is the number of times that this message has been generated. The event viewer does not fill with the same message it will increment this value each time the message is generated.

The default number of events stored in the event log is 500. It is possible to extend the number of events; to do this contact Land Technical support for assistance.

Page 279: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Archive Menu • 269

Category Masks

This can be used to prevent messages of certain categories from being displayed in the event viewer window. This does not stop the events from being stored in the system event log file (SystemLogger.mdb in directory \EventDatabase).

Check the box to mask messages of that particular category. By default categories of type diagnostic, status and debug are masked.

Use the button Clear all masks to remove all masks that are currently used.

Note:

The advanced masks dialog can also be used to prevent messages from being displayed in the event viewer.

Page 280: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

270 • Archive Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Advanced Masks

This can be used to prevent messages of certain types from being displayed in the event viewer window. This does not stop the events from being stored in the system event log file (SystemLogger.mdb in directory \EventDatabase).

Check the box to mask messages of that particular type. By default no masks are set.

Use the button Clear all masks to remove all masks that are currently used.

Note:

The viewer category masks dialog can also be used to prevent messages from being displayed in the event viewer.

Page 281: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Archive Menu • 271

Specific Event Masks

This dialog allows the user to specify 5 event messages or 5 ranges of event messages that will be masked in the event viewer.

The event viewer displays the unique Event ID of each message generated; this should be entered into the mask range box. Each Event ID should be separated by a comma and a range is specified using the “#” key.

Page 282: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

272 • Archive Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

For example:

-1224, -17251,-897#-906

Would mask:

Event -1224

Event -17251

Events -897 to 906

The summary area shows the events which have been masked, after entering a new event in the mask range the user should click Update Summary.

Diagnostics – LPU/LSC This dialogue displays diagnostic information relating to the LPU/LSC Processor.

Page 283: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Archive Menu • 273

Internal Event Log

This diagnostics information is uploaded from the LPU/LSC, which holds a log of the last 10 system events in non-volatile memory.

Most of the Information is Version data for Land Engineer use only.

The LPU/LSC will perform a self-test when this menu is opened. If an error occurs it will be displayed in the Event log.

Station

This selects the Measurement station location of the Scanner and LPU/LSC.

System Status Code

A bitmap value describing the current status of the LPU/LSC.

Used by Land Support Personnel.

Version Information

Config

Indicates the internal configuration version of the LPU/LSC.

Used by Land Service Personnel.

Acquisition

Hardware level (processor & I/O card) of the LPU/LSC.

Used by Land Service Personnel.

Processor

LPU/LSC software version number.

INI File

Messaging protocol version used by the LPU/LSC.

Event History

Most recent 10 system events stored within the LPU.

Page 284: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

274 • Archive Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Test Outputs

The I/O Card Outputs Test diagnostics window allows the outputs of the LPU/LSC I/O card to be set manually, in order to verify their operation.

Page 285: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Archive Menu • 275

Station

This selects the Measurement station location of the Scanner and LPU/LSC.

Override Outputs

This toggles override on/off. If override is on then the controls on this window may be adjusted and the actual LPU/LSC outputs will vary accordingly. If override is off then no controls on this window may be adjusted and the LPU/LSC outputs will be as determined by the LPU/LSC itself according to the corresponding alarm states and zone values.

Automatic Test Mode

When this option is enabled the Landscan WCA Software will step through each output in turn and instruct the LPU/LSC to enable the digital output while stepping the zone's analog output current through three levels: 0, 10 and 20mA.

Manual Test Mode Controls

Alarm

LPU

When Override Outputs is enabled, each zone's alarm relay output can be activated or deactivated using its associated Alarm check box.

LSC

When Override Outputs is enabled, each digital output can be activated or deactivated using its associated Alarm check box.

Analog Output

LPU

Variation of the slider control causes the Processor to vary the corresponding output's current accordingly.

LSC

As LPU but operation of Remote Speed & Remote Emissivity Sliders will have no effect.

Page 286: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

276 • Archive Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Diagnostics – Locate LPU/LSC(s)

Diagnostics – Scanner

This dialog is for Land personnel when diagnosing the system.

The dialog displays the current Internal Ambient Temperature of each connected Landscan head (assuming an Internal Ambient Temperature Sensor is fitted) and the speed (in Hertz) at which the scanner is running.

Diagnostics – View Event Log This provides access to the system event viewer.

Page 287: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Archive Menu • 277

Diagnostics – System Status

This gives a simplistic visual overview of the current system status. The current status of:

• Scanners

• LPU/LSCs and Landscan Data Server to LPU/LSC communications

• System Configuration, Statistics Storage, Data Storage, Data Archive

• Communications, Statistics Generation

• Individual Process status.

• Product at a particular station.

Page 288: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

278 • Archive Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Status Display

Indicator Description

This indicates the status of a scanner connected to the system. There will be one for each scanner connected to the Data Server. The status is color coded such that: - Green – Scanner working correctly. Valid data being retrieved from that scanner.

Page 289: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Archive Menu • 279

Red – Scanner fault. No valid data being retrieved for this scanner. Amber – Inactive / Maintenance.

This indicates the status of an LPU/LSC connected to the system. There will be one for each LPU/LSC connected to the Data Server. The status is color coded such that: - Green – LPU/LSC working correctly. Valid data being retrieved from that LPU/LSC. Red – LPU/LSC fault. No valid data being retrieved for this LPU/LSC. Amber – Inactive / Maintenance.

This is an indication of the health of certain software functions within the Landscan WCA software. If green then the Landscan WCA software is correctly collecting and packaging data from the connected LPU/LSCs and scanners. If not green the Landscan WCA software may not be displaying and storing data as required. If this is the case you should contact Land Instruments Technical Support for assistance.

For Offline Analysis and Demonstration versions this will always be grey.

This is an indication of the health of certain software functions within the Landscan WCA software. If green then the Landscan WCA software will correctly calculate statistical results. If not green then statistical results are likely to be unavailable. If this is the case you should contact Land Instruments Technical Support for assistance. For Offline Analysis and Demonstration versions this will always be grey.

Page 290: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

280 • Archive Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

This is an indication of the health of certain software functions within the Landscan WCA software. If green then the appropriate communications are available to/from the Landscan WCA software. If not green then communications to the Landscan WCA software is unavailable. For Offline Analysis and Demonstration versions this will always be grey.

This is an indication of the communications status. Brown - Landscan WCA Server Socket is listening with no connection Yellow - Landscan WCA Server has an established connection to a client. Flashing Green - Landscan WCA Server Socket is in the process of receiving or transmitting data Red - Landscan WCA Server Socket has received invalid data. For Offline Analysis and Demonstration versions this will always be grey.

This is an indication of the status of the product storage functions in the Landscan WCA software. When the Landscan WCA software starts the following color codes apply: - Grey – No storage functions available. Green – Storage functions started. Amber – Starting storage functions. Red – Storage functions failed. When the storage functions have started the status will show the percentage of disk space that is full and empty. The full portion is shown in blue and the empty portion is shown in pink.

This is an indication of the status of the statistics results storage functions in the Landscan WCA software. When the Landscan WCA software starts the following color codes apply: Grey – No statistics storage functions available. Green – Statistics storage functions started.

Page 291: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Archive Menu • 281

Amber – Starting statistics storage functions. Red – Statistics storage functions failed. When the statistics storage functions have started the status will show the percentage of disk space that is full and empty. The full portion is shown in blue and the empty portion is shown in pink.

This is an indication of the status of the archive product storage functions in the Landscan WCA software. When the Landscan WCA software starts the following color codes apply: - Grey – No archive storage functions available. Green – Archive storage functions started. Amber – Starting archive storage functions. Red – Archive storage functions failed. When the archive storage functions have started the status will show the percentage of disk space that is full and empty. The full portion is shown in blue and the empty portion is shown in pink.

This is an indication of the status of communications (TCP/IP Ethernet) between the Data Server and connected LPU/LSC units. If green then the Landscan WCA software is correctly collecting and packaging data from the connected LPU/LSCs and associated scanners. If not green the Landscan WCA software may not be displaying and storing data as required. If this is the case you should contact Land Instruments Technical Support for assistance. For Offline Analysis and Demonstration versions this will always be grey.

This is an indication of the status of the system configuration database. This is the most fundamental software function within the Landscan WCA software. If green then the Landscan WCA software is correctly using and managing its system configuration. If not green then this is a serious software fault. The Landscan WCA software will not function without

Page 292: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

282 • Archive Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

it. If this is the case you should contact Land Instruments Technical Support for assistance.

This shows the current product name (or ID) at a particular scanning station. No name is displayed if no product is currently under the scanner.

Diagnostics – Encoder Calibration (Alt-G and E) The Encoder Calibration functionality is only relevant when the software is used in conjunction with a Landscan Batch Processor equipped with an encoder input.

Page 293: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Archive Menu • 283

On rotary processes ( LSC Batch Processors only) that require rotary geometry correction to product data it is necessary to provide an encoder input position signal and a rotation index input to the system.

The encoder input provides a rotary position signal for the processor and the digital input provides a rotary index trigger to indicate when a complete 360º rotation of the machine has taken place.

The encoder input requires a calibration to calculate a correct value for the encoder counts in relation to degree's of rotation of the process.

Page 294: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

284 • Archive Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

This calibration is performed during the operation of the rotary machine, when the user clicks the start button, the Landscan WCA software will wait for the next Digital Start signal from the Landscan Batch Processor. After this the system waits for next Digital Start signal (indicating that a complete rotation has taken place), during which time the system records the number of counts from the rotary encoder. When the second Digital Start signal is received the Counts per Degree value is calculated.

While this process is taking place the user is informed of the current status.

Waiting Calibration

The processor has not been calibrated and requires a calibration to be initiated.

Waiting Start Signal

A calibration is in progress and the processor is waiting for the first digital input start signal.

Waiting Stop Signal

A calibration is in progress and the processor is waiting for the second digital input stop signal.

Calibration Completed

A calibration has been successfully completed with the calculated Encoder Counts/Degree value displayed.

Diagnostics – Rotary Triggers The Rotary Triggers Configuration functionality is only relevant when the software is used in conjunction with a Landscan Batch Processor equipped with an encoder input.

Page 295: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Archive Menu • 285

On rotary processes there are a number of stations that must be defined for the system. A station relates to the number of individual products present in the process for a full rotation of 360 degrees.

An encoder input to the system provides a rotary position signal for the processor. Following a calibration of the encoder input the system can determine the current angle of the process. This is displayed in the Current Angle box of the Rotary Triggers dialog. Refer to Encoder Calibration for information relating to calibrating an encoder used with the system.

Page 296: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

286 • Security Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

For each station a trigger angle must be defined which is used in the Processors Product Detection functionality. The number of stations should be defined on the Processor Product Detect Page.

By manually positioning the rotary process at the desired station trigger point the current angle can be stored as the product trigger point by pressing the relevant station button.

In addition to the station trigger points the product length needs to be defined in degrees of rotation. This can be configured using the Product Start, Product End and Product Length buttons.

The process should be manually positioned at the start of a product and the Product Start button pressed. Then the process should be positioned at the end of the product and the Product End button pressed. If the product start and end values appear correct then the Product Length button should be pressed to calculate the product length using the stored start and end angles.

Refer to the Processor Product Detect Page for further information relating to product detection.

Security Menu

Security Menu Descriptions These menu options allow configuration of security and access parameters used within the Landscan WCA software.

Page 297: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Security Menu • 287

Security – Restrict Access (Alt-E then R) This function has not currently been implemented.

Security – Permissions (Alt-E then P)

This gives access to the Landscan WCA two-tier password protection system. When this is configured the user can configure a password for Full Access or for Display Access only.

It is envisaged that the Full access password is used as a Master password allowing system configuration. When configured the Display Control only password is then used by different users.

Page 298: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

288 • Window Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Full Access

When this option is enabled and a password configured, entering the full access password allows access to any part of the Landscan software.

Display Access Only

When this option is enabled and a password configured, entering the Display Access Only password allows restricts access to the manipulation and configuration of displays only.

The passwords must be different and the <RETURN> key cannot be used.

Window Menu

Window Menu Descriptions These menu options are used to arrange the display of the active displays within the Landscan WCA software.

At the foot of this menu is a description of each of the currently open display windows. The user can select a window here to make it the currently active and foremost displayed window.

Window – Cascade (Alt-W then C) This arranges the currently open windows. They cascade starting at the top left-hand corner of the display and are overlaid.

Page 299: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Help Menu • 289

Window – Tile (Alt-W then T) This arranges the currently open windows. The windows are all displayed, and not overlaid, and are sized to fit the space within available within the main window frame.

Window – Arrange Icons (Alt-W then A) This function has not currently been implemented.

Help Menu

Help Menu Descriptions These menu options are used to access help functions within Landscan WCA and provide information about the installation, including license information.

Help – Help Topics (Alt-H then H) This is the entry point to the Landscan WCA on-line help (of which this is a part). From here the user can look at the contents of the on-line help (and select any part of the help contents), look at the help index and do a search upon the help.

Page 300: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

290 • Help Menu LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Help – About Landscan WCA (Alt-H then A) This displays the copyright, version and license information about the installed software. This display also provides basic information about the current status of the system.

Page 301: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Toolbars • 291

Toolbars

Display Toolbar See:

View – Display Toolbar

System Toolbar See:

View – System Toolbar

Storage Toolbar See:

View – Storage Toolbar

Sub-DisplaySheet Toolbar It is possible to configure 5 Sub-DisplaySheets for each Displaysheet, this allows the user to switch quickly between pre-defined displays.

Example:

With a 4-Scanner System it is possible to configure a sub-displaysheet for scanner –

Sub-Displaysheet 1

Page 302: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

292 • Toolbars LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Scanner 1 Profile Display,

Scanner 1 Map Display

Scanner 1 Cursor Data

Scanner 1 Product Information.

Sub-Displaysheet 2

Scanner 2 Profile Display,

Scanner 2 Map Display

Scanner 2 Cursor Data

Scanner 2 Product Information.

Sub-Displaysheet 3

Scanner 3 Profile Display,

Scanner 3 Map Display

Scanner 3 Cursor Data

Scanner 3 Product Information.

Sub-Displaysheet 4

Scanner 4 Profile Display,

Scanner 4 Map Display

Scanner 4 Cursor Data

Scanner 4 Product Information.

Sub-Displaysheet 5

Combined Data Source Control Zones

Combined Data Source Local Zones

Page 303: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Toolbars • 293

Status Bar See:

View – Status Bar

Cursors

Cursor It is possible to select up to 14-Cursors on all profile and map displays (not 3-D Map)

The Cursor is placed by first selecting the cursor from the pop-up menu of the Cursor Toolbar Button then clicking the left mouse button to define the position. On a map display the position of the cursor can be adjusted in the product length and width directions.

Page 304: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

294 • Toolbars LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

It is possible to move the active Cursor using the keyboard arrow keys.

If a profile and map display is linked to the same Data Source placing a Cursor on the map display causes a Cursor Profile to be drawn on the profile display.

Page 305: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Toolbars • 295

All Cursors are removed by clicking the mouse on the area above the profile/map within the profile/map window.

Page 306: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

296 • Toolbars LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Area Cursor The Area Cursor is able to select up to 14-rectangular areas on a map display of a product.

Page 307: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Toolbars • 297

The Area Cursor is placed by first selecting the cursor from the pop-up menu of the Area Cursor Toolbar Button then using the Left Control Key on the keyboard while clicking and holding the left mouse button to define the area.

An Area Cursor is made active by selecting it from the pop-up menu of the Area Cursor Toolbar Button.

It is possible to move the top left corner of the active Area Cursor by holding the Left Control Key and using the keyboard arrow keys.

It is possible to move the bottom right corner of the active Area Cursor by holding the Right Control Key and using the keyboard arrow keys.

All Area Cursors are removed by holding the Left Control Key and clicking the mouse on the area above the map within the map window.

NOTE:

An Area Cursor can only be used with a Map Display.

Page 308: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

298 • Toolbars LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Point Cursor The Point Cursor is able to select up to 14 cross-hair points on a map display of a product.

The Point Cursor is placed by first selecting the cursor from the pop-up menu of the Point Cursor Toolbar Button then using the Shift Key on the keyboard while clicking the left mouse button to define the point.

A Point Cursor is made active by selecting it from the pop-up menu of the Point Cursor Toolbar Button.

It is possible to move the Point Cursor by holding the Shift Key and using the keyboard arrow keys.

All Point Cursors are removed by holding the Shift Key and clicking the mouse on the area above the map within the map window.

Page 309: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Toolbars • 299

NOTE:

A Point Cursor can only be used with a Map Display.

Page 310: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

300 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Communications

Communications Interface The Landscan WCA software supports relatively slow serial links via the RS232 interface (of the Data Server computer) or an Ethernet interface supports TCP/IP. Either interface supports access to the following data: -

• Zone Data

• Statistics Results

• Product Width, Walk and Edges

And control….

• Product Description, via PDI messages

• Product Speed

• Display Configuration

The Ethernet functionality is intended for users who have installed a local area network and can manage their own site and who fully understand the intricacies of implementing TCP/IP applications.

Both slow and high-speed communications support the message interface definitions described in the following sections. All messages are constructed using simple text and have similar logical format. In both instances the Landscan WCA Data Server acts as a slave, performing actions and responding to instructions only when prompted to do so by the host computer, or master.

For the Ethernet interface, the Landscan WCA Software creates a Server Socket and the host computer, as a client, logs into it.

Page 311: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 301

Typical Implementations The Landscan WCA Data Server adopts a Master/Slave relationship with other communicating devices and will always be the Slave, only responding to messages when prompted to do so by the Master.

The users own computer equipment or process computer must act as the Master device by initiating ALL transmissions. Messages sent by the Master are referred to as commands, whilst replies from the Landscan WCA Data Server are referred to as responses and for every command there will be a response.

A four-character string preceding the information where the first character of a command is a 'C' and the first character of a response is an 'R' identifies all messages. Thereafter follows the content of the message. The SPACE character must be used as a delimiter between each parameter that constructs the message and the CARRIAGE RETURN character acts as a terminator and must signify the end of the message. All message characters are ASCII values.

The Landscan WCA Data Server will reject any messages that do not comply with the message interface definition. It is the responsibility of the user, when interfacing to the Landscan WCA Data Server, to ensure transmissions were received intact and interpreted as intended and that parameter changes have been accepted.

Reply Code All responses from the Landscan WCA Data Server return a reply code, which conveys information to the user about the health and system integrity.

The reply code can be returned in response to any command. It will indicate that the message transmission received by the Landscan WCA Data Server was not corrupted, the settings (if applicable) are valid and the parameter changes (if necessary) have been implemented successfully in the Landscan WCA Data Server.

The reply code is also returned when data is requested. It indicates that the accompanying data returned in this message is current and good; otherwise the code will reflect a known event or condition that can be diagnosed by the user as the reason for unacceptable data.

Page 312: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

302 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Parameters The Landscan WCA Data Server validates the parameter settings on receipt to be an integer, i.e. a whole number, a floating-point value, i.e. with a fractional part or a character string of length. The whole message is rejected if either the format or the range of any individual parameter is invalid. The message is also rejected if the number of parameters is incorrect, either too many or not enough are received.

Ethernet TCP/IP Implementation TCP/IP is implemented in the Landscan WCA Data Server using the concept of a socket interface. The Landscan WCA Data Server acts as a server, passively listening for a connection on a selected port. The client can then at any time actively open the connection and establish a channel for communications. Messages can be exchanged whilst the interface remains open.

If the Landscan WCA Data Server is removed from service requiring the power to be switched off or if there is a mains supply failure then the client must attempt to re-establish that connection indefinitely until the unit is brought on-line again.

If the client detects an irrecoverable situation where the Landscan WCA Data Server does not respond to messages the connection should be properly closed before retrying. If the client itself decides to terminate the relationship then it must properly close down the connection. When communications with the Landscan WCA Data Server are suspended without closing the connection then it is possible that reconnection will not be achieved.

Protocol Definitions The following lists of commands (and appropriate responses) are applicable to both TCP/IP and RS232 communication links.

If an invalid command is retrieved then the following message will be returned. This is regardless of the message transmitted.

'RPDI 2<CR>'

A space character (ASCII 32) separates the 'RPDI' and '2'. This is terminated by a carriage return.

If a valid command is received and the license does not support this command then the following message will be returned.

Page 313: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 303

'RPDI 3<CR>'

A space character (ASCII 32) separates the 'RPDI' and '3'. This is terminated by a carriage return.

An exception to this is if the incoming message is less than 5 characters in length. In this particular case an event is logged to the Landscan WCA event log.

Communications License Options A RS232 or TCP/IP connection can support the following messages.

• PDI – Product Definition Information message.

• SSM – Get Statistics results message.

• CZD – Get Control Zone Data message.

• CPS – Set Product Speed message.

• LDS – Load Display Sheet message.

• RSS – Get System Status message.

• WWE – Get Width Walk Edges message.

The support of these messages is dependent on the Landscan WCA license. There are four different types of communications license.

• TCP/IP – All messages, including live data.

• TCP/IP – All messages, except those with access to live data.

• RS232 – All messages, including live data.

• RS232 – All messages, except those with access to live data.

These license options control access to the above messages according to the table given below.

License Type

PDI SSM CZD CPS LDS WWE RSS

Page 314: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

304 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

TCP/IP – Live Data

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

TCP/IP – No Live Data

Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes

RS232 – Live Data

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

RS232 – No Live Data

Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes

Product Definition Information (PDI)

PDI Command The PDI message received over the TCPIP/RS232 link must be in ASCII and of the following structure. All fields must be included in any message sent.

Field Name Maximum Field Length (8 bit characters)

Maximum Field Value, after conversion from ASCII.

Command PDI 4 Always CPDI

StationNumber 2 32

ProductName 50

ProductWidth 10 2147483647

ProductLength 10 2147483647

ProductTargetTemp 5 32767

ProductTargetTempMin 5 32767

ProductTargetTempMax 5 32767

ProductMaxDisplayTemp 5 32767

ProductMinDisplayTemp 5 32767

Page 315: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 305

ProductThickness 10 2147483647

ProductDirection 1 1 or 0

ProductType 50

IsAProduct 1 See Notes

StorageOn 1 1 or 0

ProductString1 50

ProductString2 50

Each message must be terminated with a CR (ASCII 13).

The communications process will check for space (ASCII 32) delimiters between each of the fields, which comprise the message. If the process detects fields greater than their specified maximum length then the whole message will be ignored. If the process detects that any of the fields to be greater than their appropriate data type (e.g. Product Width > 2,147,483,647) and the whole message will be ignored. When an error is detected then an event will be logged.

ProductWidth,ProductLength

These parameters are an integer value of the current display distance units (mm, meters etc..)

ProductTargetTemp, ProductTargetTempMin, ProductTargetTempMax

These parameters are the expected temperature limits of the product. They are always an integer value of the current temperature scale (Celsius / Fahrenheit).

ProductMaxDisplayTemp, ProductMinDisplayTemp

These parameters are the temperature ranges of the current displays. They are an integer value of the current temperature scale.

ProductDirection

This parameter ss the direction of movement of the product

ProductDirection = 1 the product is moving in a forward direction

ProductDirection = 0 the product is moving in the reverse direction.

Page 316: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

306 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

IsAProduct

This parameter is used to define the start and end of the product.

IsAProduct = 1 Start Product

IsAProduct = 0 End Product

It should be noted that it is necessary to define both the start and the end of a product, as it is not sufficient to define the start of a new product and assume that this will generate the end of the previous product. This will result in missed products.

It is also possible to set the IsAProduct to a value greater than 1. This is recommended in the case of a continuous process that is to be divided into products using PDI Control. This is necessary as sending an end product (IsAProduct = 0) and start product (IsAProduct = 1) in quick succession may result in the end product being missed. The difference between the value of IsAProduct and 1 will be used as a counter for the number of scan lines between the end of the product and the start of the new product.

For Example PDI Message WCA Action

IsAProduct = 5 End Product ..

.. Wait 4 Scan Lines ..

.. Start New Product

StorageOn

Defines the status of the product storage

ProductStorage = 1 product storage is active

ProductStorage = 0 product storage is disabled

Page 317: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 307

The system expects that a message will be received for each station connected to the system prior to the actual product arriving at that station. These messages will not be concatenated together.

An example message would be: -

Description Value Max Number of Bytes

PDI Command ‘CPDI’ 4

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Station Number ‘1’ 2

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Product Name ‘ABCD1234’ 50

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Product Width ‘1100’ 10

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Product Length ‘32000’ 10

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Product Target Temp ‘900’ 5

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Product Target Temp Min ‘850’ 5

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Product Target Temp Max ‘950’ 5

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Product Max Display Temp ’950’ 5

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Product Min Display Temp ‘850’ 5

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Product Thickness ‘100’ 3

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Product Direction ‘1’ 1

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Product Type ‘TEST’ 4

Page 318: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

308 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

IsAProduct ‘1’ 1

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Storage On ‘0’ 1

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Product String 1 ‘STRING1’ 50

Delimiter ‘ ‘ 1

Product String 2 ‘STRING2’ 50

Terminator CR 1

The full ASCII message string would be: -

"CPDI 1 ABDC1234 1100 32000 900 850 950 950 850 100 1 TEST 1 0 STRING1 STRING2<CR>"

An additional example is provided in the FAQ section

What process do I need to go through to name my products using PDI ?

PDI Response Field Name Maximum Field

Length (8 bit characters)

Maximum Field Value, after conversion from ASCII

Response PDI 4 Always RPDI

Reply Code 1 49

The reply code to a message can be either

1 (ASCII 49) Message Unsuccessful

0 (ASCII 48) Message Successful

Followed by a carriage return (ASCII 13)

The Response PDI and Reply Code are separated by a delimiter (ASCII 32).

Page 319: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 309

Control Zone Data (CZD) This command requests the current control zone data, for the 14 available control zones, for a particular mill.

CZD Command Field Name Maximum Field

Length (8 bit characters)

Maximum Field Value, after conversion from ASCII.

Command Control Zone Data 4 Always CCZD

StationNumber 1 9

The Command Control Zone Data and Station Number fields are always separated by a space (ASCII 32).

The StationNumber must start from 1 and be within the limit of the number of connected Mill Stations.

The message is terminated with a carriage return (ASCII 13).

An example message would be: -

"CCZD 2<CR>"

Which requests the control zone data for Mill Station number 2.

CZD Response Field Name Maximum Field

Length (8 bit characters)

Maximum Field Value, after conversion from ASCII

Response Control Zone Data

4 Always RCZD

Page 320: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

310 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

StationNumber 1 9

Reply Code 1 5

Zone 1 Data Always 4 9999

Zone 2 Data Always 4 9999

Zone 3 Data Always 4 9999

Zone 4 Data Always 4 9999

Zone 5 Data Always 4 9999

Zone 6 Data Always 4 9999

Zone 7 Data Always 4 9999

Zone 8 Data Always 4 9999

Zone 9 Data Always 4 9999

Zone 10 Data Always 4 9999

Zone 11 Data Always 4 9999

Zone 12 Data Always 4 9999

Zone 13 Data Always 4 9999

Zone 14 Data Always 4 9999

The station number is the same value as the station number received in the command.

The reply code can be: -

0 Control Zone Data is valid now.

1 Mill Station number is invalid.

2 Mill Station number is valid. No control zones configured.

3 Mill Station number is valid. Error in Zone Data.

4 Mill Station number is valid.

Page 321: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 311

No product currently detected under scanner.

Last good values returned.

5 Mill Station number is valid.

No product detected yet.

Null control zone data values returned.

The Zone Data value is padded with leading zeros up to the 4 character maximum. Therefore an example temperature of 900 is given as '0900'. If no control zone is configured the value is '0000'.

If the station number is invalid then all zone data values are zero.

All fields are delimited by spaces (ASCII 32). The full message is terminated by a carriage return (ASCII 13).

An example response message would be: -

'RCZD 1 4 0000 0900 0000 0333 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000<CR>'

This is the control zone data for Mill Station 1. There is no current zone data so the last good values are being returned. This shows only zones 2 and 4 being configured.

Statistics Data (SSM) This command requests the current statistics results for a particular Mill Station. The results are the configured segment results; these are (currently) average, minimum and peak temperature values only.

SSM Command Field Name Maximum Field

Length (8 bit characters)

Maximum Field Value, after conversion from ASCII

Command Statistics Segment Message

4 Always CSSM

StationNumber 1 9

Page 322: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

312 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

The Command Statistics Segment Message and Station Number fields are always separated by a space (ASCII 32).

The StationNumber must start from 1 and be within the limit of the number of connected Mill Stations.

The message is terminated with a carriage return (ASCII 13).

An example message would be: -

"CSSM 1<CR>"

Which requests the statistical segment results for Mill Station number 1.

SSM Response Field Name Maximum Field

Length (8 bit characters)

Maximum Field Value, after conversion from ASCII

Response Statistics Segment Message

4 Always RSSM

StationNumber 1 9

Reply Code 1 3

Segment 1 Results 4 9999

Segment 1 Results 4 9999

Segment 1 Results 4 9999

Segment 1 Results 4 9999

Segment 1 Results 4 9999

Segment 1 Results 4 9999

Segment 1 Results 4 9999

Segment 1 Results 4 9999

The station number is the same value as the station number received in the command.

The reply code can be: -

0 Latest Segment results.

Page 323: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 313

1 Mill Station number is invalid.

2 Mill Station number is valid. No statistics data read.

3 Mill Station number is valid.

No new statistics data since last data read.

The segment results are padded with leading zeros up to the 4 character maximum. Therefore an example average temperature of 123 is given as '0123'.

If the station number is invalid then all zone data values are zero.

All fields are delimited by spaces (ASCII 32). The full message is terminated by a carriage return (ASCII 13).

An example response message would be: -

'RSSM 1 3 0000 0900 0000 0333 0000 0000 0000 0000<CR>'

This is the control zone data for Mill Station 1. There are no new statistical results so the last good values are being returned.

Load Display Sheet (LDS) This command allows an already created display sheet to be loaded. In addition to the received message being of the correct format the following rules apply.

The display sheet must be previously saved in the \WorkSpace directory that, by default, is located under the installation directory.

The computer name in the received message must be a valid and that computer must be running Landscan WCA. It is also possible that the computer may be a client display to the main data server.

Page 324: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

314 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

LDS Command Field Name Maximum

Field Length (8 bit characters)

Maximum field value after conversion from ASCII

Command Load Display Sheet 4 Always CLDS

ComputerName 15

DisplaySheet FileName 255

ComputerName

This parameter is the name of the computer running the Landscan WCA software.

It is found under

Control Panel | System | Computer Name

Page 325: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 315

This value can be the Computer Name of the Data Server computer or any Client Display connected to that Data Server.

DisplaySheet FileName is the Microsoft access database filename that contains the Display Sheet information. For example Example.mdb. The value sent in this message should contain the full extension (in this case .mdb) for the filename.

The most recently created or used Display Sheets are displayed on the File Menu of the Landscan WCA software. By default all Display Sheets are stored in the \WorkSpace directory which (by default) is located under the \Landscan installation directory.

Each field is delimited with a space (ASCII 32). The full message should be terminated with a carriage return (CR, ASCII 13).

An example of this message is: -

"CLDS CS164 DISPLAYSHEET.MDB<CR>"

Page 326: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

316 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

This message would attempt to load Display Sheet file DISPLAYSHEET.MDB into the Landscan WCA software running on the computer name CS164.

LDS Response Field Name Maximum Field

Length Maximum Field Value, after conversion from ASCII

Response Load Display Sheet message

4 Always RLDS

Reply Code 1 9 (range is 0 to 9)

Reply Code and Meaning

1 Display Sheet Loaded.

1 Could not communicate request within Landscan software. Contact Land for support.

2 Display Sheet filename is invalid.

3 LDS command contains no ComputerName

4 ComputerName is invalid.

5 ComputerName contains invalid characters.

These are space (ASCII 32), % (ASCII 37), # (ASCII 35) or _ (ASCII 95).

6 Received ComputerName is not recognised.

Page 327: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 317

7 LDS command contains no filename.

8 The filename in the LDS command is greater than 255 characters in length.

9 The requested filename could not be found on the computer.

The response and reply code are separated by a space (ASCII 32). The response message is terminated with a carriage return (ASCII 13).

An example reply code message is: -

"RLDS 8<CR>"

This indicates that the filename in the received LDS Command was longer than 255 characters.

Configure Product Speed (CPS) In the case that the product speed has been set to fixed speed on the Product Determination dialog it is also possible to adjust the speed value using the Configure Product Speed (CPS) message.

CPS Command Field Name Maximum Field

Length (8 bit characters)

Maximum Field Value, after conversion from ASCII

Command Configure Product Speed

4 Always CCPS

StationNumber 1 9 (range is 1 to 9)

Speed 5 30000 (range of 0 to 30000)

OptionBit 1 Can be 1 or 0

Page 328: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

318 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

StationNumber

This parameter must start from 1 and be within the limit of the number of connected Mill Stations.

Speed

This parameter must be within the range 0 to 30000. This can either by in inches per second or mm per second value, depending on the locale settings configured.

OptionBit

This parameter controls how this speed value is used, in accordance with the following rules.

OptionBit = 1 & StationNumber = 1 (first station number)

then set all stations to use this speed.

OptionBit = 1 and StationNumber > 1

then ignore speed and use first mill stations speed value.

Each field in the message should be separated (delimited) by a space character (ASCII 32) and the message terminated by a carriage return (ASCII 13).

An example message would be:-

"CCPS 1 1200 1<CR>"

Assuming the system is using the metric system for distance units. This sets the speed at all connected Mill Stations to 1200 mm per second.

CPS Response Field Name Maximum Field

Length (8 bit characters)

Maximum Field Value, after conversion from ASCII

Page 329: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 319

Response Configure Product Speed

4 Always RCPS

StationNumber 1 9 (range is 1 to 9)

Reply Code 1 5 (range is 0 to 5)

StationNumber

This parameter is the same number as that received in the command message.

Reply Code and Meaning

0 Speed configured successfully.

1 Command contains an invalid StationNumber.

2 Received Speed value is out of range (valid range is 0 to 30000).

3 Received Speed value is invalid.

4 Received command does not contain an OptionBit.

5 Command received is invalid.

Each field in the message should be separated (delimited) by a space character (ASCII 32) and the message terminated by a carriage return (ASCII 13).

An example response is :-

"RCPS 1 2"

This indicates that the received CCPS command contained a valid StationNumber but that the speed value was outside the valid range of 0 to 30000.

Page 330: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

320 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Request System Status (RSS) This allows access to status on the following:

• Connected client displays.

• Connected LPU/LSCs.

• Connected Landscan Scanners.

• Capacity of product storage.

• Capacity of statistics results storage.

• Capacity of product archive.

RSS Command Field Name Maximum Field

Length (8 bit characters)

Maximum Field Value, after conversion from ASCII

Command Request System Status

4 Always CRSS

StatusType 1 Current only supports a value of 1. Expansion expected

To request system status the following message should be sent to the Landscan WCA Data Server computer.

"CRSS 1<CR>"

The "CRSS" and "1" are separated (delimited) by a space character (ASCII 32) and the message is terminated by a carriage return (ASCII 13).

Page 331: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 321

RSS Response In response to an RSS command with a StatusType of 1.

Field Name Maximum Field Length (8 bit characters)

Maximum Field Value, after conversion from ASCII

Response Request System Status

4 Always RRSS

StatusType 1 Same value as command

MessageUpToData 1 (0 or 1) 1 = data up to date

NumberOfClients 1 Any value from 0 to 4

.LPU2Estatus 1 BitMap of LPU/LSC status where LSB is the first LPU/LSC. The bits are set if the LPU/LSC communication is valid. For example a value of 0x5 would indicate that LPU/LSC 1 and 3 are OK but LPU/LSC 2 has an error condition.

ScannerStatus 1 BitMap of Scanner status where LSB is the first scanner. The bits are set if the scanner is deemed to be working correctly. For example a value of 0x7 would indicate that 3 connected scanners are all working correctly.

DatabaseStorage 3 Range from 0 to 100. Indicates how full the

Page 332: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

322 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

configured product storage space is.

ArchiveStorage 3 Range from 0 to 100. Indicates how full the configured product archive space is.

Statistics Storage 3 Range from 0 to 100. Indicates how full the configured statistics results storage space is.

All fields are delimited by a space character (ASCII 32) and the full message is terminated by a carriage return (ASCII 13).

An example reply would be :-

"RRSS 1 1 0 3 3 100 25 0<CR>"

Which translates to :

Data is up to date.

There are no client displays connected.

There are two LPU/LSCs connected, both of which have no errors.

There are two scanners connected, both of which have no errors.

The product storage is full.

The archive product storage is 25% full.

The statistics storage is empty or less than 25% full.

Page 333: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 323

Product Width, Walk and Edges (WWE) This message requests the following information about products at a particular mill station.

• Product Width

• Product Walk from the scan center line.

• Product Edges.

The values will be retrieved in either millimeters or inches dependant on the configured locale settings.

WWE Command This command requests the current product width, product walk and product edges data from a particular station.

Field Name Maximum Field Length (8 bit characters)

Maximum Field Value, after conversion from ASCII

Command Width Walk Edges

4 Always CWWE

StationNumber 1 9

The Command Width Walk Edges and StationNumber fields are always separated by a space (ASCII 32).

StationNumber

This parameter must start from 1 and be within the limit of the number of connected Landscan Heads.

The message is terminated with a carriage return (ASCII 13). An example message would be :-

"CWWE 2<CR>"

This requests the width, walk and edges data from the second Landscan Head connected to the system.

Page 334: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

324 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

WWE Response Only in response to a CWWE request.

Field Name Maximum Field Length (8 bit characters)

Maximum Field Value, after conversion from ASCII

Response Width Walk Edges

4 Always RWWE

StationNumber 1 9

Reply Code 1 4

Format 1 2

ProductName 50

FirstEdge 9 Range is 000000.00 to 999999.99

LastEdge 9 Range is 000000.00 to 999999.99

Width 9 Range is 000000.00 to 999999.99

Walk 10 9 when value is 000000.00.

Range is -999999.99 to +999999.99 Except when the value is 000000.00 the sign is always specified.

StationNumber

This parameter always has the same value as the StationNumber received in the command.

Reply Code and Meaning

0 Product Width, Walk, Edges values are valid.

1 StationNumber in the request is invalid.

Page 335: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 325

2 No Products detected yet, returning NULL values.

3 Not currently detecting a product under the Landscan Head, returning the last good values from the previous product.

4 Error in Width, Walk, Edges calculation.

Values returned should be ignored.

Format Code and Meaning

1 Values returned are in millimeters.

2 Values returned are in inches.

ProductName

This parameter is the name used by the Landscan WCA software to reference this product. Field is filled with the value "UNKNOWN" if the ReplyCode is 1, 2 or 4.

FirstEdge, LastEdge, Width values

These parameters have a range of 000000.00 to 999999.99. These values are "padded" with leading zeros to always ensure that each field contains 9 characters. The values are "000000.00" if the ReplyCode is 1,2 or 4.

Page 336: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

326 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Walk

This parameter has a value within the range of –999999.99 to +999999.99. These values are padded with leading zeros to always ensure that each field contains 10 characters. A negative value indicates that the Product has walked towards the start of the scan (with respect to the center of the scan), a positive value indicates that the Product has walked towards the end of the scan (with respect to the center of the scan). This value is "000000.00" if the ReplyCode is 1,2 or 4.

Page 337: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Communications • 327

The width, walk and edges values that are returned are affected by the scanner configuration within the Landscan WCA software. The scanner type, distance from product and tilt angle (and others) should be correctly configured to give the correct values. The calculations, which take account of these parameters, are only made on system start-up and at the start of each product. This is deemed sufficient because these values are unlikely (once configured) to alter with any great frequency.

All fields are delimited by spaces (ASCII 32). The full message is terminated by a carriage return (ASCII 13).

Page 338: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

328 • Communications LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

WWE Examples Assumes only one Landscan head connected to the system.

Request for Width, Walk, Edges from an invalid Station Number.

Request

"CWWE 2<CR>"

StationNumber is 2.

Response

"RWWE 2 1 1 UNKNOWN 000000.00 000000.00 000000.00 000000.00<CR>"

StationNumber is 2.

Reply Code is 1, indicating StationNumber is invalid.

All other values can be ignored.

Request for Width, Walk, Edges from a valid Station Number, but system has not detected any products yet.

Request

"CWWE 1<CR>"

Response

"RWWE 1 2 1 UNKNOWN 000000.00 000000.00 000000.00 000000.00<CR>"

StationNumber is 1

Reply Code is 2, indicating no products detected yet.

All other values can be ignored.

Request for Width, Walk, Edges from a valid Station Number, products detected, values in millimeters, product has walked towards start of the scan.

Request

"CWWE 1<CR>"

Page 339: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Data Server Configuration for Client Display Access • 329

Response

"RWWE 0 1 1 COIL3456 000123.13 001234.56 001111.23 –000065.10"

StationNumber is 1

ReplyCode is 0, indication valid data is being returned.

Format is 1, indicates the values are in millimeters.

ProductName is COIL3456

FirstEdge is at 123.13 mm.

LastEdge is at 1234.56 mm.

Width is 1111.23 mm.

Walk is 65.10mm towards the start of the scan.

Data Server Configuration for Client Display Access

General Details

Windows NT If the data server and client display computers reside within the same Windows NT domain then the different users can log onto the computers using the information given in the following sections.

Page 340: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

330 • Data Server Configuration for Client Display Access LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

If the data server and client display reside within the same Windows NT WorkGroup (for example in their own isolated peer to peer network), then the users of both computers will have to logon as the same administrator. This is using the same User Name and Password.

Windows XP The default operating system settings prevent access to the Landscan WCA Data Server by the Client PC. The common symptoms of this problem are that the client can find the server in the network, but cannot access the Data Server through the Landscan WCA software.

To resolve this issue it is necessary to manually configure drive sharing on the Data Server and Client PC. The following steps should be performed:

• Enter My Computer

• Right Click on the Landscan WCA Installation Drive (this is C by default)

• Select Sharing and Security

• The Property page of the hard disk will be opened;

Select the option to enable file sharing

Select the option to share this drive

• Click OK

Page 341: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Landscan WCA ActiveX Control • 331

Landscan WCA ActiveX Control

Information In order to be able to view live and stored scan data in other applications a Landscan WCA ActiveX control has been developed. This is installed on the hard disk for each type installation and is file LandCtl.ocx.

If an application can accept ActiveX controls then Landscan Control is the Landscan WCA ActiveX control. When used within an application additional programming/development will be required to retrieve data from the ActiveX control, examples are copied to computers hard disk at installation, and these reside in directory \ActiveX Examples. Please contact Land if additional information is required.

PLEASE NOTE:

The ActiveX examples provided can be re-worked/re-engineered without the need for prior agreement from LAND. All examples use the Visual Basic For Applications development environment, which is an incumbent part of the Microsoft Office Suite.

This ActiveX control is under development and provides no user interface. For developers wishing to use the ActiveX control a type library (landctl.tlb) and interface definition file (LandGUID.H) is provided, with additional technical details being available on request.

The readme.txt file in the root directory of the Landscan WCA installation CD provides additional details on this control.

It is not recommended that ActiveX be implemented on a Live Client Display installation, please contact LAND for further information.

Page 342: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

332 • Frequently Asked Questions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I calculate the ideal position for my scanner relative to my application?

Page 343: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Frequently Asked Questions • 333

The key is to always ensure that you can always cover the widest product rolled plus the maximum expected lateral product walk. This often coincides with the edges of the roller table or similar. Then add ~10% to allow for scanner alignment tolerances to arrive at your final required scanned width, W. Now use the equation above to calculate d, and from this you can arrive at the required 'scanner front window to product centerline' distance.

Note: For an 80° scanner then please substitute 'tan40°' for 'tan30°' and also adjust (d+62) to (d+46) as the center of scanning mirror in 16mm closer to the base of the instrument.

Can you reverse the direction of scanning? Not in hardware. The direction of hardware scan is fixed for all models.

LS Scanner Head

The direction of scan is indicated on the A3 installation sheet near the front of each Head's operating instructions.

LSP Scanner Head

The direction of scan is indicated by an arrow on the top of the scanner head.

However, the Landscan WCA software allows the direction in which the data is presented to be reversed. From the display point of view, the effect is the same as if the scanning direction had been reversed.

How do you know where the scanner is looking? LS Scanner Head

A Laser Alignment Unit is available which temporarily plugs into the Landscan Head.

LSP Scanner Head

All scanners except the LSP5FL are fitted with an alignment laser as standard.

In both cases an eyesafe laser beam is directed down the sightpath and off the center of the rotating mirror. The result is a red laser line, which defines the location of the scan plane on the product surface.

Page 344: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

334 • Frequently Asked Questions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

How often should I clean the front window? There is no simple answer to this; it is a function of application environment, installation engineering and air quality, reliability and flow rate. If all of these are relatively good, then a monthly check should suffice. The best approach is to start with monthly inspections and then increase or decrease the frequency as required.

How often should I check the calibration of my scanner? The Landscan Head is a precision optical instrument and Land recommends an annual check of calibration under normal circumstances. However, the answer to this question can often be found within the customer's own QA procedures. They may stipulate for example, quarterly checks and an annual NAMAS certificate.

How much water do I need to cool the scanner and what sort of water do I need?

The cooling water should be clean, filtered instrument water.

LS Scanner Head

Two pairs of supply and drain lines to be fitted – one for the Housing baseplate, the other for the Housing's water cooled walls. Both supplies should be capable of delivering a reliable and consistent flow of up to 200 litres / hour of water at an inlet (to the Housing) temperature of between 10-30°C. It is recommended that the customer fits water flow alarms to each supply line.

(Note: the standard Rugged Housing at the Lehr Exit only requires a single pair of supply and drain lines to be fitted to its baseplate – it does not have water cooled walls.

How much purge air do I need to keep the front window clean? The Fan units should be positioned so that they can draw relatively cool air – preferably from outside the building if possible.

Purge Air – to be supplied by Landscan Fan Unit. Fan Unit installation must be carefully maintained to ensure a reliable and consistent flow of air at an inlet temperature of <45°C under all operating circumstances and during all seasons of the year.

Page 345: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Frequently Asked Questions • 335

Differential pressure transducers can be fitted to the Housings as an option. This will provide an alarm relay output in the event of loss of purge air to any Housing to which one is fitted.

How many analog outputs can I have from my Processor? LPU_2E

Each analog output card contains 4 analog outputs and an LPU_2E can hold up to 4 of these cards. However, outputs 1and2 are dedicated to remote control of the attached Landscan head's internal scan speed and Emissivity settings.

So, each LPU_2E can be configured to offer 0, 2, 6, 10 or 14 analog outputs for process control, etc.

LSC

Up to 3 Digital/Analog Input and Output Cards (DAIO) may be fitted. Each card provides the following analog outputs, see Processor Input Page for the specification of Analog and Digital Input channels or the Digital Output Processing Page for the specification of the Digital Output Channels.

Output Type No. of Channels Specification Analog 4 0 to 20mA / 4 to 20mA,

- independently software selectable

Digital 4 Voltage-free relay outputs

The status of each channel is updated once per scan line.

How are the Processors analog outputs configured to meet my application needs?

The analog outputs are configured via a zone model with the control zones dialog. Zone configuration includes zone numbers, zone width, time function, statistical processing function (max, min or average) and zone location.

Each zone can be individually configured to track the hot product edges or stay fixed to the plant (you could have a mixture of 6 tracking and 8 fixed zones, for example), start and end of zone location (can be relative in percentages or can be fixed with reference to the either hot edge or the center of the product).

When a LSC Processor is used further options for Analog Outputs are available, see Analog Output Configuration.

Page 346: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

336 • Frequently Asked Questions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Are there any limits on the cable distances between networked components of a Landscan System?

The recommended maximum cable distance for a CAT5 Ethernet cable is 100m; this can be extended by using a repeater such as a network switch. Cabling is governed by the International standards for Ethernet and Fast Ethernet.

I have excessive scale on my products. How do I remove it from the data? Refer to the Line Scanner Dialogue Signal-conditioning feature.

There is excessive electrical, or product Emissivity 'noise'. How do I remove it from the data?

Refer to the Line Scanner Dialogue Signal-conditioning feature.

What options are available with the Landscan WCA license? The Landscan for WCA license is applied to either a Data Server installation or Demonstration installation. No changes can be made to the demonstration license.

The Data Server license allows configuration of the following system parameters.

• Number of Client Displays.

• Number of Connected LPU/LSCs.

• Number and type of Communications connections.

• Number of live ActiveX interfaces.

Each of these parameters controls a different part of the system they are not dependant on each other.

The limits of these parameters are: -

• Number of Client Displays. Maximum of 3.

Page 347: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Frequently Asked Questions • 337

• Number of Connected Processors. Maximum of 8.

• Number and type of Communications connections. Maximum of 1 (either TCP/IP or RS232).

• Number of live ActiveX interfaces. Maximum of 4.

The changing of these parameters potentially increases the workload of your Landscan system and therefore you should contact your Land representative for details of any license upgrade.

How do I replay data files from an older version of software ?. When a version of Landscan WCA is upgraded the first time the new version is run all stored files are converted to be compatible with the new version. This process will lengthen the time it takes to start the software.

The following introduces the Storage Import / Export Function which can be used when the software is running to replay data files from a previous Landscan software version.

The Landscan WCA software uses the Archive for the replaying of data files stored using an older version of Landscan software. The database (configured from the Storage menu) only stores and replays data stored with the current version of Landscan WCA.

When attempting to replay files from an older version then they must be copied into a directory structure that follows a specific format. At this point it is best to review the System File Structure section.

The files should be copied from their source directory into the ImportFiles directory, which should be located under the main archive directory.

Page 348: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

338 • Frequently Asked Questions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

You should use the Import / Export Data Files function to copy files into the correct directory. This will create the ImportFiles directory if it does not already exist.

When the files are successfully imported. Go to the Statistics and Maintenance dialogue and refresh the archive database.

It should now be able to read the files from the older version in your current version of the Landscan WCA software. When selecting a file in the select data source dialog choose archive as the source.

Page 349: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Frequently Asked Questions • 339

How can I tell what the current scanner speed is from the Landscan WCA system?

In order to do this the scanner, and associated LPU/LSC should be correctly connected to the Landscan WCA system. This can be easily observed by the icons on the status bar.

Then perform the following: -

Open the Diagnostics – Scanner Dialog

Or

Data Diagnostics Display

• Select a new Display.

• Select the Data Source to be a new one of type Real Time Scanner for the appropriate measurement station.

• Select the Display Type as Data Diagnostics.

Page 350: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

340 • Frequently Asked Questions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

How do I change the Data Server computer that my Client Display connects to? This involves modification of the system registry on the Client Display computer. This should only be modified for users experienced in using the system registry.

When performing this change ensure that the Landscan WCA software is not running on the Client Display computer.

1. On the Client Display computer.

2. Stop the Landscan WCA software.

3. Run the Start menu select the Run option. Enter Regedit in the box and press OK.

4. Select the following registry path.

My Computer\HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Land Infrared\Landscan\Hub\Configuration

5. Edit the following registry entry so that its value is the name of the new Data Server computer you wish to connect to.

MasterComputer.

6. Exit the registry editor and restart the Landscan for Windows NT software on the client display computer.

DO NOT MODIFY ANY OTHER REGISTRY VALUES.

Page 351: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Frequently Asked Questions • 341

Page 352: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

342 • Frequently Asked Questions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

What does the error message “The Master System Is Not Available” mean on my Client Display Installation?

These error messages are normally generated when a Client Display cannot correctly connect to the Data Server. Typically this may be because the Landscan WCA software is not running on the Data Server computer.

Please ensure that the Data Server and Client Display are configured as per the Data Server configuration for Client Display Access.

What do the following network 'ping' messages indicate is the fault in my Data Server to LPU/LSC connection(s)?

Destination host unreachable

This could be due to:

1. The IP address that has been used is invalid for the range of available IP addresses. For Example:

The DataServer is configured to IP address 10.1.10.10 with a sub-net mask of 255.255.0.0 and the LPU/LSC is at address 10.1.10.160, BUT the IP Address that has been used is 11.1.10.160.

2. The LPU/LSC unit has not connected to the computer properly. To rectify this perform the following:

• Exit the Landscan WCA software, if running.

Page 353: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Frequently Asked Questions • 343

• Leave the computer powered and logged onto Windows.

• Remove power to the LPU/LSC unit. Wait for 1 minute.

• Reconnect power to the LPU/LSC unit. Wait for 2 minutes.

• Retry the network ping.

• Restart the Landscan WCA software.

Request timed out

The IP address that has been used is valid for the available ranges of IP addresses but there is no communications link between the DataServer and LPU/LSC. Check the following: -

• The LPU/LSC is switched on.

• The IP address that has been used is the IP address of the LPU/LSC unit. Use the LPU/LSC configuration software to verify this value and retry.

• The cabling between LPU/LSC and computer is valid. If using a network switch check that this indicates connection between the computer and LPU/LSC. If using a direct connection ensure the twisted pair cable contains a 'cross-over'.

What process do I need to go through to name my products using PDI? Look at the communications section on the on-line help.

This details the communications messages that can be used in communications with the Data Server. This is communications to the Data Server and not the LPU/LSC unit. All messages are supported by either TCP/IP communications or RS232 communications. The only way to provide product names is via communication to the Data Server.

The section in the on-line help which details the message used in naming a product is PDI COMMAND.

If you review that section it details the message format to be used. In particular it refers to a field called ProductName. This is the field that should be used to name the product. (The naming convention differs from the DOS version of the Landscan software and is now deemed to be more generic).

Page 354: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

344 • Frequently Asked Questions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

To simply name each of the products send the following recommended message across either a TCP/IP link or RS232 link to the Data Server. This is an ASCII string.

CPDI 1 PRODUCTNAME 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 NA 1 1 NA NA<CR>

Where: -

• PRODUCTNAME is changed to suit your name.

• The eight '0' following the PRODUCTNAME are fields ProductWidth through ProductThickness.

• The first 1 is field ProductDirection, which is 1 to indicate a forward product.

• The second and third '1' are the IsAProduct and StorageOn fields. These indicate that the next product is to be displayed and stored by the Landscan WCA software.

• The 'NA' fields are the ProductType, ProductString1 and ProductString2 fields. 'NA' is not applicable.

• An ASCII space character separates each field and the message is terminated with a CR.

To enable the Landscan WCA software (at the Data Server) to receive communications messages you will need to have an appropriate license. Go to the Configure - Communications menu. If you have the communications licensed then the Number of Communications Connections will be 1, if not it will be 0.

The dialog then allows you to configure the type of communication connection, either RS232 or TCP/IP.

To enable you to see whether you are receiving a valid message use the Diagnostics button on the Configure - Communications dialog. This displays a monitor window.

Having received a valid message you need to configure the Landscan WCA software to use the name you sent. Go to Configure - System Dialogue and the Product Tab. To use the name from the PDI message then check the PDI Control via Communications box.

When using PDI to name products, when do I send the message to ensure that the product is named correctly?

In general terms the message needs to arrive at the Data Server computer anytime prior to the product entering the area under the scanner.

Obviously there is processing time required in the Data Server computer from receiving the message to being able to name the file. This is not a defined period of time because it depends of Data Server computer specification and that computers

Page 355: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Frequently Asked Questions • 345

workload (amongst other things). It is recommended that you attempt to ensure that the message is sent to the Data Server computer at least 5 seconds before the product passes under the scanner.

If the message does not arrive before the product passes under the scanner then you will see the following event in the Event Viewer.

Did not receive product name via PDI.

If I have more than one scanner connected to my Data Server, how do I name the products at the individual scanners ?

With reference to the following FAQ: What process do I need to go through to name my products using PDI ?

To simply name each of the coils send the following recommended message across either a TCP/IP link or RS232 link to the Data Server computer. This is an ASCII string.

CPDI 1 COILNAME 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 NA 1 1 NA NA<CR>

In the above message:

CPDI is the command used to identify message type. This is followed in the ASCII string by a space. After that is the field StationNumber, which is set to '1' and immediately followed by an ASCII space.

The StationNumber is how you define which scanner you want that message to apply to. The first scanner connected to the Landscan WCA Data Server is StationNumber 1, the second is StationNumber 2 etc….

You cannot concatenate messages together; the Data Server expects an individual message for each scanner, also the Landscan WCA Data Server transmits a reply to all messages that are sent.

For Example:

To name two products under different scanners connected to the Landscan WCA Data Server.

Message 1 to Data Server

CPDI 1 ABDC1234 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 NA 1 1 NA NA<CR>

- This names the next product under scanner 1 ADCD1234.

Reply from Data Server

Page 356: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

346 • Frequently Asked Questions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

RPDI 0<CR>

Message 2 to Data Server

CPDI 2 EFGH6789 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 NA 1 1 NA NA<CR>

-This names the next product under scanner 2 EFGH6789

Reply from Data Server

RPDI 0<CR>

The above message format is defined in the on-line help. Section PDI COMMAND.

When using the ActiveX control to view Stored Data in Excel, what do Mill Number and Pass Number refer to?

On the example spreadsheet Stored Data.xls: -

The Mill Number is the same as the Measurement Station number in the Landscan WCA software.

For example: -

Page 357: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Frequently Asked Questions • 347

If you have a Landscan WCA Data Server connected to 2 LPU/LSCs you would have two Measurement stations and the spreadsheet would give access to the stored data from two Mills.

NOTE:

This spreadsheet is just an example. If you find the text difficult to use or understand then please feel free to change it.

The Pass number is only really applicable to processes in which a product would reverse under a scanner.

For example: -

A reversing stand in a hot strip mill, the same product would pass under the scanner (in both the forward and reverse directions) a number of times. Therefore a product would have a number of passes in each direction.

If the product only passes once under a scanner in the forward direction, it will have a direction of FORWARD and a Pass Number of 1.

I have changed the Login Name and Password of my Windows NT user account and now the Landscan software will not work?

This is because the Landscan WCA software uses certain Windows registry entries that reside under the registry key:

HKEY_CURRENT_USER.

Page 358: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

348 • Frequently Asked Questions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Each user of a computer has his/her own set of unique registry entries under this key and if you change the login name you do not have access to another users entries.

To get the software to work you should re-install the Landscan for Windows Software to the same directory as the previous install. This will create a set of registry entries for this user login and the system will work as required.

How do I obtain additional communications message diagnostics? By default this function should be enabled. If it is not enabled then you have the following options.

• Contact LAND for the password required to enable this option and details of the procedure to follow.

Or

• Exit the Landscan software.

• Open the registry editor.

• Go to registry key HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Land Infrared\Landscan\commtest\Configuration

And add a DWORD key called AllowDiagnostics.

Set this value to 1 for additional diagnostics.

• Close the registry editor.

• Restart the Landscan software. The additional diagnostics will be available by clicking on the message in the communications diagnostics window.

I have an Offline Analysis Installation and I am trying to replay data files from a Data Server Installation, with 4 scanners, but can only see data files for the first two scanners?

The reason for this is that the number of LPU/LSC units that the Offline Analysis installation can support is set to a lower value than the Data Server Installation.

Even though the Offline Analysis installation does not connect to any LPU/LSC units it is necessary to configure the number if LPU/LSC units correctly on the Configure System Dialogue, Process Tab, in order to be able to read the required data files.

Page 359: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Frequently Asked Questions • 349

My scanner has been automatically set to “Disable Scanner for Maintenance” This error is indicated by the Scanner Head Indicator in the Status Bar is colored yellow.

This error occurs when the Landscan Head configured within the LPU/LSC Processor is not recognised by the Landscan WCA Software.

NOTE:

If you enter the Configure – System, Line Scanner Tab to check the status of the Landscan Head, the configuration of the Landscan WCA software indicates a generic scanner selection. However the configuration of the LPU/LSC is not overwritten unless the OK button is clicked on the Configure – System dialogue. If you suspect that this problem has occurred it is recommended that the cancel button is used to exit the dialogue.

If the Landscan Head is not recognised you should contact LAND Instruments who will supply an updated Scanner Head Database, if required.

Updating Scanner Head Database

How do I update the Landscan WCA Scanner Head Database? • Exit the Landscan WCA software.

• Open Windows Explorer

• Copy the new Scanner Head Database File (ScanHeadsInfo.mdb) to the \ScannerHeads folder in the Landscan Installation folder. Overwriting the existing file.

• Close Windows Explorer

• Restart the Landscan WCA Software

• Enter the Configure – System Dialogue, Line Scanner Tab and ensure that the Landscan Head has been recognised by the Landscan WCA Software. If this is true, uncheck “Disable Scanner for Maintenance” – if not contact LAND Instruments for further information.

Page 360: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

350 • Landscan WCA Events LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Landscan WCA Events

Description of Events ID's The events are listed in numeric order starting with the largest negative number through to zero and then up through the positive numbers.

-866Directory not empty

-865Host is unreachable

-864Host is down

-863File name too long

-862Too many levels of symbolic links

-861Connection refused

-860Connection timed out

-859UNUSED

Page 361: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Landscan WCA Events • 351

-858Can't send after socket shutdown

-857Socket is not connected

-856Socket is already connected

-855No buffer space available

-854Connection reset by peer

-853Software caused connection abort

-852Network dropped connection or reset

-851Network is unreachable

-850Network is down

-849Can't assign requested address

-848Address already in use

-847Addr family not supported by prot family

-846Protocol family not supported

-845Operation not supported on socket

Page 362: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

352 • Landscan WCA Events LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

-844Socket type not supported

-843Protocol not supported

-842Bad protocol option

-841Protocol wrong type for socket

-840Message too long

-839Destination address required

-838Socket operation on non-socket

-837Operation already in progress

-836Operation now in progress

-835Operation would block

Comment:

An FTP TCP/IP error has been reported by the LPU/LSC processor.

Action:

If the fault re-occurs, contact Land for details.

115 System is Busy & losing data

Comment:

The LPU/LCS processor is losing new scan line data.

Action:

Page 363: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Landscan WCA Events • 353

If intermittent this could indicate that there have been some network traffic congestion, or that there has been a large number of configuration updates. If the event is persistent contact Land for details.

118 the setup software has sent a new system date and time

Comment:

The LPU/LSC date and time have been changed from the setup software

Action:

None, this is for information only.

120 I/O card could not configure the new sample rate

Comment:

An internal error has been reported by the LPU/LSC processor.

Action:

If the fault re-occurs, contact Land for details.

121 Manual Override of LPU/LSC Zone Outputs

Comment:

The manual over-ride of the LPU/LSC processor control zone outputs has been activated from the Server or from the configuration software.

Action:

None , this is for information only.

Page 364: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

354 • Appendix A – Troubleshooting LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Appendix A – Troubleshooting

Ethernet Network Connection Problems Problem with connection between:

Landscan WCA Data Server and Landscan WCA Offline Client, check the following:

• TCP/IP is installed on all applicable computers. Ensure that each of the computers has a valid IP address and subnet mask.

• If the IP address of each computer is known that they can PING each other.

• A valid network cable connection exists between the computers.

• If using thin Ethernet cable ensure that terminators are in place at either end of the connection.

• Valid user accounts exist on both machines such that they will be able (without restriction) to share data across the network.

Landscan WCA Data Server and LPU/LSC Processor, check the following:

• TCP/IP is installed on the data server computer.

• Ensure that the Data Server and LPU/LSCs have a valid IP address and subnet mask. Ensure there is no IP address duplication.

• The Data Server can PING the LPU/LSCs

• Ensure that the port number used on the LPU/LSC Ethernet set-up is 1050.

• A valid network cable connection exists between the Data Server and the LPU/LSCs.

Page 365: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Appendix A – Troubleshooting • 355

Hints and Tips No Product appears on the displays

Data Server Installation Only.

Check that the hot edge detection is correctly configured. The system will only process data for 'products' when it can differentiate between the product and its background. To do this the system uses the hot edge detection function, which Land recommends is set to 50% for most applications.

To configure the hot edge detection function. Select Configure - System Menu and the Product Tab. Ensure that within the group “Hot Edge detection mode” the box next to Automatic is checked and enter a suitable value for the % of peak temperature.

Useful information for fault diagnosis If you have to contact Land with a particular fault then they may request that you provide a copy of the system configuration database or the event log database/file. The following is a list of descriptions to help you locate the required file.

File Name and Description Location

Event Log File , Eventlog.txt Install drive root directory. For example C: & D:

Event Log Database, EventLogger.mdb <Install>\EventDatabase directory. For example C:\Landscan\EventDatabase, D:\Landscan\EventDatabase. This file may be quite large and therefore difficult to retrieve. You can therefore retrieve the hourly event log file which is refreshed every hour. This is file name Hourly Event Log.mdb and resides in the same directory.

System Configuration Database, SystemConfig.mdb.

<Install>\ConfigDatabase root directory. For example C:\Landscan\ConfigDatabase, D:\Landscan\ConfigDatabase.

Page 366: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

356 • Customer Event Descriptions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Customer Event Descriptions

Event Descriptions

Display Started The Landscan WCA software has started ok. This message is for information only.

Display Stopped The Landscan for Windows NT software has shutdown ok. This is for information only.

Landscan WCA – Memory Shortage. The Landscan WCA software is unable to reserve or use any memory.

Remedy Landscan for Windows WCA – Memory Shortage. Shutdown the Landscan WCA Software.

Log off from the computer and cycle the power to the computer. Then retry the Landscan WCA software again and check if these event messages persist.

If they persist then contact LAND for assistance. Please have the following information available for the support engineer.

Landscan WCA Software Version.

Basic computer Specification. Memory Size.

Operating System Version, including any service packs installed.

The Event ID of the event from the Event Viewer list.

Page 367: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Customer Event Descriptions • 357

Landscan for Windows WCA – Internal Software Error The Landscan for Windows NT software has an internal software error, which is preventing normal functionality.

Remedy Landscan for Windows WCA – Internal Software Error Shutdown the Landscan WCA Software.

Log off from the computer and cycle the power to the computer. Then retry the Landscan WCA software again and check if these event messages persist.

If they persist then contact LAND for assistance. Please have the following information available for the support engineer.

Landscan WCA Software Version.

Basic computer Specification. Memory Size.

Operating System Version, including any service packs installed.

The Event ID of the event from the Event Viewer list.

Product Speed Altered by Communications Message This message is for information only.

The product speed has been configured via the CPS communications message.

Invalid Mill Number in Communications Message The Landscan WCA software has received a communications message, which contains a mill station number, which is invalid.

The mill station number, in any message sent to the Data Server computer, should start from 1 and be limited by the number of connected LPU/LSCs. For example, if 3 LPU/LSCs are connected to the Data Server then the valid range is 1 through 3 inclusive.

Remedy Invalid Mill Number in Communications Message Review the message specification to ensure that the message sent is of the correct format.

Use the diagnostics window, available by pressing the diagnostics button on the Communications dialog, to view the message received.

Page 368: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

358 • Customer Event Descriptions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Landscan for Windows WCA Communications License This event relates to the Landscan WCA license and how it affects the communication from the Data Server to other plant computers.

Remedy Landscan for Windows WCA Communications License See:

Communications License Options

Extending the License

Load DisplaySheet Communications Message is Unavailable The communications message LDS cannot be used. This is either because: -

• The User Configuration function, which loads the displaysheets, is not running.

• Information in the Windows registry, which is required for this software function, is unavailable.

Remedy Load DisplaySheet Communications Message is Unavailable If the User Configuration function is unavailable this represents an internal software fault, you should.

Shutdown the Landscan WCA Software.

Log off from the computer and cycle the power to the computer. Then retry the Landscan WCA again and check if these event messages persist.

If they persist then contact LAND for assistance. Please have the following information available for the support engineer.

Landscan WCA Software Version.

Basic computer Specification. Memory Size.

Operating System Version, including any service packs installed.

The Event ID of the event from the Event Viewer list.

If the information in the Windows Registry is incorrect then a cause can be the moving of parts of the Landscan software from their installation location. Software re-installation is required to reset the registry entries to their correct entries.

Page 369: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Customer Event Descriptions • 359

Error in Landscan DOS File Conversion You can use the Archive process, which is part of the Landscan WCA software; to convert files created with the Landscan Linescanner software.

In order to convert the files they must be placed, either using Windows Explorer or the Storage Import/Export function, in the correct directory. Then the Archive catalogue of stored files must be rebuilt using the functions in the Statistics and Maintenance property page of the Storage – Management dialog.

Remedy Error in Landscan DOS File Conversion Check that:

The file is located in the correct directory. The default directory would be \LandscanArchive\LandscanDOS.

The file is not read-only.

The filename does not contain spaces.

The file is not already open by another program.

The file was created with Landscan Linescanner software version 4.00 or later.

The file can be correctly replayed by the appropriate version of the Landscan Linescanner software.

Error in Landscan NT File Conversion The Landscan WCA software could not convert the file created with a previous version of Landscan for Windows NT or Landscan WCA.

Only files created by Landscan for Windows NT Version 1.1.2 or later or Landscan WCA can be converted.

Remedy Landscan NT File Conversion Verify that there is sufficient disk space to perform the conversion.

The filename does not contain spaces.

The file is not already open by another program.

Check that the file does not have read-only attributes. If it does then remove this and retry the conversion.

Ensure that the file could be replayed with the previous version of the Landscan for Windows NT software.

Alternatively you can e-mail a copy of the file (compress it first if it too large) to [email protected]. State the problem with the file and it will be tested by the Landscan Support Team to determine the problem.

Page 370: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

360 • Customer Event Descriptions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Change Storage Reduction Mode This message is for information only.

The storage reduction mode, configured by the Station Property Page in the Storage – Management Dialog, has changed. The values in the message are the mill station that has changed and the reduction value.

The reduction value is the SUM of these applicable items.

Store every X seconds = 8

Store every X meters = 4

Store every X lines = 2

Reduce each line by 1 in X Samples = 16.

Reduce each line between two sample points (configured from the Advanced menu) = 1

So for storage reduction of a line stored every 5 seconds and 1 in 5 samples across the each stored line, the reduction value would be 24.

Storage Space is filling or is full This message is for information only.

An event message of the following form :

Starting to remove oldest product.

Indicates that the configured storage space is full and old product files are being deleted to make space for new ones.

An event message of the following form :

Using drive C:\ for storage.

Indicates that the Landscan WCA storage functions are now using this disk to store product data. This event can be generated at first system power-up and each time the storage swaps disks when storage is spanning two drives.

An event message of the following form :

Deleted directory D:\LandscanDatabase\1999\168

Indicates that the Landscan WCA storage functions have just deleted this directory. This has been deleted as a result of the software deleting old files to make disk space available for new ones.

Communications Connection Open / Close This message is for information only.

Page 371: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Customer Event Descriptions • 361

An event message of the following form

Landscan Server Port 2011 Created.

The Landscan WCA software has created a TCP/IP Socket at Port 2011. This is to allow communications with external plan computers.

The Landscan WCA software is now the Server to that TCP/IP Socket. Any external plant computer can connect as the client to this Server and connect to this socket.

Landscan Server Port 2011 Disconnected.

The Landscan WCA software had created a TCP/IP Socket at Port 2011. This was to allow communications with external plant computers.

The Landscan WCA software is now disconnected from this TCP/IP Socket.

Landscan Server Port 2011 Reconnected.

The Landscan WCA software is reconnecting to the TCP/IP socket created at Port 2011.

RS232 Port Connection Errors The Landscan for Windows NT software is unable to connect to the RS232 COM Port as configured in the communications dialog.

Remedy RS232 Port Connection Errors Ensure the COM Ports are enabled in the computer BIOS.

If they are set, in the BIOS, to AUTO then try setting them to the first serial port to COM1, Address 3F8, IRQ 4.

Check the ports configuration in the Windows NT Control Panel. Configure COM1 to the same parameters configured in the BIOS.

Communications Message Length Error The message received from an external plant computer is either too short or too long.

All messages start with a 4-character command code followed by a space and parameters. So any message which is less then 6 characters in length is invalid.

A message being too long is dependent on the message format itself.

Remedy Communications Message Length Error Review the length of the message received by using the diagnostics option from the communications dialog.

Page 372: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

362 • Customer Event Descriptions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Then compare this to the message format you are trying to use.

If the communications is via an RS232 link and the message received contains invalid characters then review the configuration of the port baud rate, parity, number of data bits etc.

No Disk Space to Archive Products The disk you are attempting to write archive products to is greater than or equal to 90% full and therefore no further products can be archived.

The only remedy to this is to free disk space.

Creating New Database This message is for information only.

Indicates a new catalogue database has been created.

Page 373: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Customer Event Descriptions • 363

For product storage this is file ProductInfo.mdb, which resides in the directory specified on the General property pane of the Storage – Management dialog.

For statistical results storage this is file StatisticInfo.mdb, which resides in the directory specified on the General property pane of the Storage – Management dialog.

For product archiving this is the file ProductInfo.mdb, which resides in the directory specified on the Archive - Configuration dialog.

Invalid PDI Message The PDI message received from an external computer was invalid when compared to the protocol definition given in the communications section of this on-line help manual.

You can use the communications diagnostics option (Use the communications option from the Configure menu) to view the message received.

Remedy Invalid PDI Message Use the communications diagnostics option Communications Diagnostic option to view the message received and review the format of the message against the protocol.

A PDI message can be invalid for a number of reasons. The comment 'Received an Invalid PDI Message' is generic for a number of event Ids. These will help to give a clearer indication of what the problem is. These are: -

-15997 – StationNumber field is invalid.

-15996 – ProductName field is invalid.

-15995 – ProductWidth field is invalid.

-15994 – ProductLength field is invalid.

-15993 – ProductTargetTemp field is invalid.

-15992 – ProductTargetTempMin field is invalid.

-15991 – ProductTargetTempMax field is invalid.

-15990 – ProductMaxDisplayTemp field is invalid.

-15989 – ProductMinDisplayTemp field is invalid.

-15988 – ProductThickness field is invalid.

-15987 – ProductDirection field is invalid.

-15986 – ProductType field is invalid.

-15985 – IsAProduct field is invalid.

Page 374: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

364 • Customer Event Descriptions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

-15984 – StorageOn field is invalid.

-15983 – ProductString1 field is invalid.

-15982 – ProductString2 field is invalid.

See Also:

Communications Interface

Configure – Communications

PDI Command

PDI Response

Protocol Definitions

LPU_2E Out Of Service The TCP/IP (Ethernet) link to the LPU/LSC has been disconnected.

This event can be generated in the following scenarios: -

The software has successfully disconnected from the LPU/LSC (IP address in event text) during a software shutdown.

The TCP/IP (Ethernet) link between the LPU/LSC and the Data Server computer has been broken. Either some part of the cabling has been removed or the LPU/LSC unit has been powered off. In this scenario it is likely that the following events will be generated at the same time.

Event Number 10054 – TCPIP Receive Error.

Event Number 10054 – LPU2E Receive Error.

The IP address specified is invalid and no LPU/LSC can be found to correspond to that address.

Remedy LPU_2E Out of Service. If the event was generated as part of a software shutdown then it is for information only.

If this event is generated on system power up and it is not possible to perform a network PING to the IP address of the LPU/LSC unit then the following should be checked:

• Cabling between computer and LPU_2E.

• IP address of the LPU/LSC unit is correctly entered in the Equipment Property Page of the Configure - System dialog.

• Check that the LPU/LSC unit has the correct IP address and subnet mask setting. (using the LANDSCAN Processor Configuration software)

Page 375: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Customer Event Descriptions • 365

• Check that the LPU_2E unit in question is powered on.

If the event is generated whilst the system is running then: -

• Check the network cable between the computer and PU/LSC.

• Check that the LPU/LSC unit in question is powered on.

• Check that a network PING can still be performed.

LPU_2E In Service This message is for information only.

The system has successfully connected and begun to upload data from the LPU/LSC.

Scanner Temperature is high. If the event message text is of the type:

Scanner temp at warning level: 50

Then the ambient internal temperature of the scanner has been detected as very high.

If the event message text is of the type :

Scanner temp too high: 70

Then the ambient internal temperature of the scanner is too high.

Remedy Scanner Temperature is high If the event message text indicates a warning then the scanner is still operating ok. Check the cooling water supply and the air purge to the scanning head.

If the event message text indicates that the temperature is too high then the internal temperature of the scanner has exceeded its maximum temperature; the thermal data from the scanner may no longer be in calibration.

The scanning head may become permanently damaged if the temperature rises any further.

The scanner head temperature can be monitored from the Diagnostics - Scanner dialog.

It is recommended that the scanner is returned to Land Instruments International for re-calibration and test.

Check the cooling water supply and the air purge to the scanning head.

Page 376: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

366 • Customer Event Descriptions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Different System Units The system has detected that the units (temperature or distance) in the LPU/LSC are different from the Data Server units.

Remedy Different System Units Open the Process page of the Configure - System dialog and check that the units are correct and press OK. The LPU/LSC will be updated with the Server settings.

LPU_2E Started This message is for information only.

The system has initialised the connections (TCP/IP Ethernet) to the LPU/LSC processors.

No LPU_2E IP Addresses Configured. The IP address of the LPU/LSC has not been configured. No connection can be made to the LPU/LSC.

Remedy No LPU_2E Ip Addresses Configured Enter the IP address of the LPU_2E in the Equipment page of the Configure – System dialog.

Log Started / Log Stopped These massages are for information only.

Log Started indicates that the system event log has been opened ok.

Log Stopped indicates that the Landscan WCA software has shut down ok.

Wrong LPU_2E Version The software version of the LPU_2E processor is incompatible with this version of Landscan WCA.

Remedy Wrong LPU_2E Version The LPU_2E requires a flash update to the latest version. Please contact LAND Instruments International Ltd for instructions.

Page 377: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Customer Event Descriptions • 367

Did Not Receive Product Name via PDI The system is configured for product naming via PDI messages and a product was detected at the scanner, but no name was provided. A name will be generated from the alternative method configured in the Product page of the Configure – System dialog.

Remedy Did Not Receive Product Name via PDI This could indicate a fault in the connection to the external computer. Check that the computer is sending the PDI messages by looking at the diagnostics option on the Configure - Communications dialog.

System Configuration Created This message is for information only.

The system configuration has been re-set to the default factory values.

You will now need to re-configure the Landscan WCA software to your requirements.

Software Started With Products Under Scanners. This message is for information only.

The system has started and products have been detected under later scanners, Part Product names will be allocated to these incomplete products.

Product Tracking – Product Stuck The maximum product length timeout has timed out, indicating that a product that is larger than expected has become 'stuck' under the scanner.

Remedy Product Tracking – Product Stuck If there is a genuine production problem and the product has become stuck under the scanner, then this is for information only.

If the product is OK but longer than normal , then increase the maximum value in the Tracking page of Configure - System dialog to accommodate longer products..

If the product is continuous, the Landscan system needs to be configured to split the product up into discrete product files. Using the Product page of the Configure – System dialog set the product mode to 'Timed'.

Page 378: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

368 • Customer Event Descriptions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Product Tracking – Product Un-Tracked The system's product tracking mechanism has failed to track the products through the system.

Remedy Product Tracking – Product Un-Tracked If there is a genuine production problem and the product has become stuck between scanners, then this is for information only.

The tracking mechanism can be reset from the Tracking page of the Configure – System Dialog.

If this event occurs frequently, then product information should be sent by TCP/IP PDI messages from the process computer.

Product Tracking – Extended gap between products The maximum gap between product's timeout has timed out, indicating that a product has not arrived at a later measurement station. The product may have become stuck between stations.

Remedy Product Tracking – Extended gap between products If there is a genuine production problem and the product has become stuck between scanners, then this is for information only.

If this is a normal travel time between scanners, then increase the maximum value in the Tracking page of the Configure - System dialog to accommodate longer gaps.

If the product is continuous, the Landscan system needs to be configured to split the product up into discrete product files. Using the Product page of the Configure – System dialog set the product mode to 'Timed'.

Could Not Access File, Possibly Deleted? The requested product file could not be located. The system may have deleted the file, as part of the oldest file delete file wrapping function.

Page 379: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Customer Event Descriptions • 369

Remedy Could Not Access File, Possibly Deleted? Check for the product in the Archive, it may have been moved there, if the move to archive function was active.

TCP/IP Error Reported by LPU_2E Processor A TCP/IP error has been reported by the LPU/LSC processor.

If the fault re-occurs, contact LAND Instruments International Inc. for details and assistance.

INI File Error Reported by LPU_2E Processor An error has been reported by the LPU/LSC processor, concerning the INI file message descriptor.

If the fault re-occurs, contact LAND Instruments International Inc. for details and assistance.

Incoming Message Error Reported By The LPU/LSC An error has been reported by the LPU/LSC processor, concerning the translation of an incoming message.

If external serial communications are in use to the LPU/LSC serial communications port, then this could indicate a syntax error in the incoming message. If there are no serial communications to the LPU/LSC and the fault re-occurs, contact LAND Instruments International Inc. for details and assistance.

No Scanner Signal The system cannot detect a scan valid signal from the scanner.

Remedy No Scanner Signal Check the integrity of the scanner and connections to the LPU/LSC as follows:

Confirm that the scanner has power and that the mirror can be seen to be rotating through the window.

Check that the scanner cable is connected to the scanner & the LPU/LSC.

Check the polarity of the scan valid signals at the LPU/LSC connector & reverse them if necessary (they are easier to change here).

Measure the signal at the LPU/LSC connector; if there is no voltage signal (0-5V pulse), check that the correct pair of wires has been selected.

If there are no signals at all in the cable, this indicates a break or short circuits in the cable.

Page 380: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

370 • Customer Event Descriptions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Scanner Speed Too Fast This indicates that the measured scanner speed is faster than the highest speed for the scanner. This can occur is a 50Hz scanner is connected and the system is configured for a 25Hz scanner.

Remedy Scanner Speed Too Fast First check that the correct scanner type is selected.

LS Head

If the scanner speed is controlled by remote control, check that the signal is functional. The fault could indicate that the 4-20mA signal is either not connected or operating at greater than 20mA.

If the speed setting is set in the head, check that the speed plug is NOT set in the slow LASER speed setting.

LSP Head

Check that the scanner laser button is not activated or that the remote laser trigger is not active.

Check the actual scanner speed as reported to the Landscan WCA software.

See:

How can I tell what the current scanner speed is from the Landscan WCA system?

Scanner Speed Too Slow This indicates that the measured scanner speed is slower than the lowest speed for the scanner.

Remedy Scanner Speed Too Slow First check that the correct scanner type is selected.

LS Head

If the scanner speed is controlled by remote control, check that the signal is functional. The fault could indicate that the 4-20mA signal is either not connected or operating at greater than 4mA.

If the speed setting is set in the head, check that the speed plug is NOT set in the slow LASER speed setting.

LSP Head

Page 381: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Customer Event Descriptions • 371

Check that the scanner laser button is not activated or that the remote laser trigger is not active.

Check the actual scanner speed as reported to the Landscan WCA software.

See:

How can I tell what the current scanner speed is from the Landscan WCA system?

Stabilizing This indicates that the scanner speed has changed and the system is attempting to synchronise with the new scanner speed.

This is reported when the scanner type is changed, the scanner speed is changed or the power has been disconnected and re-connected to the scanner.

The error should clear after a few minutes and therefore no action is required.

If the fault persists, this could indicate:

An intermittent cable fault with the scan valid signal.

A faulty remote control scanner speed signal (If installed).

Noise on the scan valid signal.

TCP/IP_ERROR_10054 The associated event message can take different forms, these include (for example):

TCPIP receive error

Send fail to : 10.1.10.120 Command=SLD

In all instances the event indicates a communications error has occurred on the TCP/IP connection to the LPU/LSC.

This is normally associated with the powering off of an LPU/LSC or the disconnecting of the network cabling/equipment between LPU/LSC and Data Server computer.

The status bar will show the following:

Page 382: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

372 • Customer Event Descriptions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

LPU/LSC Connection Errors The Landscan WCA software was unable to establish a connection to the LPU/LSC across the network.

Remedy LPU_2E Connection Errors Check the network connections and settings:

Check power is correctly applied to the LPU/LSC unit.

First check that there is a valid connection between the Data Server and the LPU/LSC, if there is a hub or switch between the LPU/LSC and the Data Server; check that the 'connected ' LED's indicate a good connections. If there is no indication for the LPU/LSC link, power reset the LPU/LSC. (The LPU/LSC auto detects the media type on power up, and hence must be powered up last.)

Check that the IP Address of the LPU/LSC is the same as the IP Address configured in the Equipment page of the Configure – System dialog. And that the Port Number of both is set to 1050. To check the IP Address and Port Number of the LPU/LSC Processor it is necessary to use the Landscan Processor Configuration software.

The integrity of the Ethernet settings can be tested by using the 'Ping' facility of Windows. Instructions for using the Ping Command can be found in Network Installation.

See:

Network Installation

Archive Not Available The archive software function cannot communicate and therefore none of the stored data files it manages are available.

Review the Event Viewer to see if it contains any events, which relate to the Archive process. Those events, which specifically relate to the Archive, will have Archive in the Equipment column of the Event Viewer.

Shutdown and Restart the Landscan WCA software.

Page 383: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Customer Event Descriptions • 373

If problem persists then contact LAND Instruments International Inc. for assistance providing a detailed description of the fault.

Database Not Available The storage software function cannot communicate and therefore none of the stored data files it manages are available.

Review the Event Viewer to see if it contains any events, which relate to the Database process. Those events, which specifically relate to Storage, will have Database in the Equipment column of the Event Viewer.

Shutdown and Restart the Landscan WCA software.

If problem persists then contact LAND Instruments International Inc. for assistance providing a detailed description of the fault.

There are no products available although storage is enabled. The Database and Storage functions are available and are enabled but there are no products stored in their respective lists of products.

Ensure that there is sufficient hard disk space to allow file storage.

Review the Event Viewer to see if it contains any events, which relate to the Database process. Those events, which specifically relate to these software functions, will contain Database in the Equipment field.

Verify that the following functions look at the correct disk drives and directories for the stored files.

For Product Data

Ensure that products can be correctly displayed by configuring a display with a data source of Real Time Product.

Ensure that the location for the storage is correctly configured in the General page of the Storage – Management dialog.

The list of stored files may be corrupt. This can be resolved by refreshing the database. Go to the Statistics and Maintenance page of the Storage – Management dialog and select Refresh Database.

For Statistical Results

Ensure that the location for the storage is correctly configured in the Statistics and Maintenance page of the Storage – Management dialog.

Page 384: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

374 • Customer Event Descriptions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

There are no products available although archiving is enabled. The Archive functions are available and are enabled but there are no products stored in their respective lists of products.

Ensure that there is sufficient hard disk space to allow file storage.

Review the Event Viewer to see if it contains any events, which relate to the Database and/or Archive process. Those events, which specifically relate to these software functions, will contain Archive in the Equipment field.

Verify that the following functions look at the correct disk drives and directories for the stored files.

Ensure that the location for the storage is correctly configured in the Archive – Configuration dialog.

If it has been necessary to change any of the parameters then the Landscan WCA Software should be Shutdown and Restarted.

The list of stored files may be corrupt. This can be resolved by refreshing the database. Go to the Statistics and Maintenance page of the Storage – Management dialog and select Refresh Archive.

Ensure that the stored files are the right version; this may be an issue when the Landscan WCA software is upgraded. Any files created in older versions of Landscan for Windows NT and Landscan WCA can only be reviewed through the Archive. For current information on version compatibility review the readme.txt file.

There are no products available and storage is disabled. The Database and Storage functions are available but are disabled. You should enable these functions and then retry.

See:

Enable Product Storage

Enable Statistics Storage

There are no products available and archiving is disabled. The Archive functions are available but are disabled. You should enable these functions and then retry.

See:

Enable Archive

Copy Of File To Archive Has Failed The Landscan WCA software is unable to create an archive file of the required product.

Close any display on the Landscan WCA software showing stored product data files.

Stop the Landscan WCA software.

Page 385: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Customer Event Descriptions • 375

Reboot the Data Server.

Restart the Landscan WCA software.

Retry the archive function.

If problem persists then contact LAND Instruments International Inc. for assistance providing a detailed description of the fault.

Could Not Update The Archive Catalogue The Landscan WCA software is attempting to create an archive product data file. In doing so the file has been created but the Landscan WCA software has been unable to update the list of archived files.

Close any display on the Landscan WCA software showing stored product data files.

Stop the Landscan WCA software.

Go to the directory that contains the archive files, by default \LandscanArchive. Delete any file titled ProductInfo, regardless of the file extension. Empty the Windows Recycle Bin of the Data Server.

Reboot the Data Server.

Restart the Landscan WCA software.

Retry the archive function.

If problem persists then contact LAND Instruments International Inc. for assistance providing a detailed description of the fault.

No Disk Space For Archiving See:

No Disk Space to Archive Products

Could Not Access The Storage Catalog The Landscan WCA software is attempting to create an archive product file. In doing this the Landscan software attempts to locate the original data currently stored in the database BUT this has failed.

Close any display on the Landscan WCA software showing stored product data files.

Stop the Landscan WCA software.

Reboot the Data Server.

Page 386: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

376 • Customer Event Descriptions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Restart the Landscan WCA software.

Retry the archive function.

If problem persists then contact LAND Instruments International Inc. for assistance providing a detailed description of the fault.

LPU/LSC Has Power Reset This message is for information only.

This is logged following a power up of the LPU/LSC.

This is a historical event; the system is now operating ok. For further information, the Diagnostics – LPU/LSC dialog lists the data and time of this power reset.

No Fast Temperature Signal This indicates that the system has failed to detect a 4-20mA Fast temperature signal from the scanner after the scan valid signal has tested ok.

The Landscan WCA software will be unable to display any data detected by the scanner until this problem is addressed.

This check is made on LPU/LSC power up, scanner power up and when the scanner type is changed.

If a window displaying the temperature profile of the connected scanner has a red border then the scan valid signal is also disconnected. If not then the scan valid is connected correctly but the fast temperature signal isn't.

In this scenario a temperature profile would be a perfectly flat line at the lowest temperature the scanner can read. If this is the case then it is necessary to check the polarity and connectivity of the fast temperature signal.

Page 387: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Customer Event Descriptions • 377

With the scan valid and fast temperature connected correctly and no product currently under the scanner the profile will be a flat line but experience has shown that this always contains a small amount of "noise" which can be attributed to the ambient environment.

Remedy No Fast Temperature Signal Check the fast temperature cable connections to the scanner, the signal is either not connected or the signal polarity is incorrect.

Check the polarity of the signals at the LPU/LSC connector and reverse them if necessary (they are easier to change here).

Documentation of the correct wiring of the Fast Temperature Signal can be found in the Processor Installation Guide.

LPU/LSC Processor Internal Error An event has been reported by the LPU/LSC processor, concerning its internal operation.

If the event re-occurs, contact LAND Instruments International Inc. for assistance.

Clear the current alarms to help show when the next event occurs.

Page 388: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

378 • Customer Event Descriptions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Or

TCP/IP Error 10060 and 10061 In all instances the event indicates a communication error has occurred on the TCP/IP connection to the LPU/LSC.

This is normally associated with the powering off of an LPU/LSC or the disconnecting of the network cabling/equipment between LPU/LSC and Data Server computer.

The status bar will show the following:

Page 389: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Customer Event Descriptions • 379

System Configuration Update Errors The Landscan WCA software uses a database to hold the software configuration. This is a fundamental part of the Landscan WCA software and if events/errors occur then this may make the Landscan WCA software unstable.

If these events happen repeatedly then contact LAND Instruments International Inc. for assistance.

Scanner Signal OK An event of this type will be generated for each LPU/LSC when it has the scanner signals correctly connected to it and the LPU/LSC is acquiring data from the Scanner. Both the scan valid signal and the fast temperature signal must be correctly connected for this event to be generated.

The number in the data stream column (of the event viewer) indicates which LPU/LSC generated the message. The first LPU/LSC connected to the system is always stream number 1. This number increments for each connected LPU/LSC.

TCP/IP Error 11004 Windows NT Only

This is generated when the TCP/IP services file is corrupt, or contains incorrect data, which means that the Data Server computer cannot connect to any LPU_2E units.

The services file by default resides in directory

\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC.

In order establish communications to an LPU_2E unit this file must contain the entry :

lpu2 1050/tcp

Page 390: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

380 • Customer Event Descriptions LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA

Remedy TCP/IP Error 11004 Stop the Landscan WCA software.

Use Windows Explorer to navigate to

\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC

Open the services file (use the Notepad editor).

Ensure that the file contains an entry

lpu2 1050/tcp

if not then add the entry, save the file and retry communications to the LPU_2E units.

If the entry is preceded by a '#' character then it is "commented out". The '#' should be removed, save the file and retry communications to the LPU_2E units.

If no services file exists then this is because the TCP/IP protocol is not installed on the computer. It will be necessary to install this before continuing.

For further assistance contact LAND Instruments International Inc..

Page 391: LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCAcontrolhouse.com/sites/default/files/wca-manual_v5_user_guide.pdf · Connect a Client Display to Data Server ... Locate LPU/LSC(s)

LAND Instruments International Ltd. LANDSCAN WCA Index • 381

Index

Error! No index entries found.